1 General [intro]

1.1 Scope [intro.scope]

This International Standard specifies requirements for implementations of the C++ programming language. The first such requirement is that they implement the language, and so this International Standard also defines C++. Other requirements and relaxations of the first requirement appear at various places within this International Standard.

C++ is a general purpose programming language based on the C programming language as described in ISO/IEC 9899:1999 Programming languages — C (hereinafter referred to as the C standard). In addition to the facilities provided by C, C++ provides additional data types, classes, templates, exceptions, namespaces, operator overloading, function name overloading, references, free store management operators, and additional library facilities.

1.2 Normative references [intro.refs]

The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies.

  • Ecma International, ECMAScript Language Specification, Standard Ecma-262, third edition, 1999.

  • ISO/IEC 2382 (all parts), Information technology — Vocabulary

  • ISO/IEC 9899:1999, Programming languages — C

  • ISO/IEC 9899:1999/Cor.1:2001(E), Programming languages — C, Technical Corrigendum 1

  • ISO/IEC 9899:1999/Cor.2:2004(E), Programming languages — C, Technical Corrigendum 2

  • ISO/IEC 9899:1999/Cor.3:2007(E), Programming languages — C, Technical Corrigendum 3

  • ISO/IEC 9945:2003, Information Technology — Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)

  • ISO/IEC 10646-1:1993, Information technology — Universal Multiple-Octet Coded Character Set (UCS) — Part 1: Architecture and Basic Multilingual Plane

  • ISO/IEC TR 19769:2004, Information technology — Programming languages, their environments and system software interfaces — Extensions for the programming language C to support new character data types

The library described in Clause 7 of ISO/IEC 9899:1999 and Clause 7 of ISO/IEC 9899:1999/Cor.1:2001 and Clause 7 of ISO/IEC 9899:1999/Cor.2:2003 is hereinafter called the C standard library.1

The library described in ISO/IEC TR 19769:2004 is hereinafter called the C Unicode TR.

The operating system interface described in ISO/IEC 9945:2003 is hereinafter called POSIX.

The ECMAScript Language Specification described in Standard Ecma-262 is hereinafter called ECMA-262.

With the qualifications noted in Clauses [language.support] through [thread] and in [diff.library], the C standard library is a subset of the C++ standard library.

1.3 Terms and definitions [intro.defs]

For the purposes of this document, the following definitions apply.

[definitions] defines additional terms that are used only in Clauses [library] through [thread] and Annex [depr].

Terms that are used only in a small portion of this International Standard are defined where they are used and italicized where they are defined.

1.3.1 argument [defns.argument]

actual argument
actual parameter
<function call expression> expression in the comma-separated list bounded by the parentheses

1.3.2 argument [defns.argument.macro]

actual argument
actual parameter
<function-like macro> sequence of preprocessing tokens in the comma-separated list bounded by the parentheses

1.3.3 argument [defns.argument.throw]

actual argument
actual parameter
<throw expression> the operand of throw

1.3.4 argument [defns.argument.templ]

actual argument
actual parameter
<template instantiation> expression, type-id or template-name in the comma-separated list bounded by the angle brackets

1.3.5 conditionally-supported [defns.cond.supp]

program construct that an implementation is not required to support
Note: Each implementation documents all conditionally-supported constructs that it does not support. — end note ]

1.3.6 diagnostic message [defns.diagnostic]

message belonging to an implementation-defined subset of the implementation's output messages

1.3.7 dynamic type [defns.dynamic.type]

<glvalue> type of the most derived object ([intro.object]) to which the glvalue denoted by a glvalue expression refers
Example: if a pointer ([dcl.ptr]) p whose static type is “pointer to class B” is pointing to an object of class D, derived from B (Clause [class.derived]), the dynamic type of the expression *p is “D.” References ([dcl.ref]) are treated similarly.  — end example ]

1.3.8 dynamic type [defns.dynamic.type.prvalue]

<prvalue> static type of the prvalue expression

1.3.9 ill-formed program [defns.ill.formed]

program that is not well formed

1.3.10 implementation-defined behavior [defns.impl.defined]

behavior, for a well-formed program construct and correct data, that depends on the implementation and that each implementation documents

1.3.11 implementation limits [defns.impl.limits]

restrictions imposed upon programs by the implementation

1.3.12 locale-specific behavior [defns.locale.specific]

behavior that depends on local conventions of nationality, culture, and language that each implementation documents

1.3.13 multibyte character [defns.multibyte]

sequence of one or more bytes representing a member of the extended character set of either the source or the execution environment
Note: The extended character set is a superset of the basic character set ([lex.charset]). — end note ]

1.3.14 parameter [defns.parameter]

formal argument
formal parameter
<function or catch clause> object or reference declared as part of a function declaration or definition or in the catch clause of an exception handler that acquires a value on entry to the function or handler

1.3.15 parameter [defns.parameter.macro]

formal argument
formal parameter
<function-like macro> identifier from the comma-separated list bounded by the parentheses immediately following the macro name

1.3.16 parameter [defns.parameter.templ]

formal argument
formal parameter
<template> template-parameter

1.3.17 signature [defns.signature]

<function> name, parameter type list ([dcl.fct]), and enclosing namespace (if any)
Note: Signatures are used as a basis for name mangling and linking. — end note ]

1.3.18 signature [defns.signature.templ]

<function template> name, parameter type list ([dcl.fct]), enclosing namespace (if any), return type, and template parameter list

1.3.19 signature [defns.signature.spec]

<function template specialization> signature of the template of which it is a specialization and its template arguments (whether explicitly specified or deduced)

1.3.20 signature [defns.signature.member]

<class member function> name, parameter type list ([dcl.fct]), class of which the function is a member, cv-qualifiers (if any), and ref-qualifier (if any)

1.3.21 signature [defns.signature.member.templ]

<class member function template> name, parameter type list ([dcl.fct]), class of which the function is a member, cv-qualifiers (if any), ref-qualifier (if any), return type, and template parameter list

1.3.22 signature [defns.signature.member.spec]

<class member function template specialization> signature of the member function template of which it is a specialization and its template arguments (whether explicitly specified or deduced)

1.3.23 static type [defns.static.type]

type of an expression ([basic.types]) resulting from analysis of the program without considering execution semantics
Note: The static type of an expression depends only on the form of the program in which the expression appears, and does not change while the program is executing.  — end note ]

1.3.24 undefined behavior [defns.undefined]

behavior for which this International Standard imposes no requirements
Note: Undefined behavior may be expected when this International Standard omits any explicit definition of behavior or when a program uses an erroneous construct or erroneous data. Permissible undefined behavior ranges from ignoring the situation completely with unpredictable results, to behaving during translation or program execution in a documented manner characteristic of the environment (with or without the issuance of a diagnostic message), to terminating a translation or execution (with the issuance of a diagnostic message). Many erroneous program constructs do not engender undefined behavior; they are required to be diagnosed.  — end note ]

1.3.25 unspecified behavior [defns.unspecified]

behavior, for a well-formed program construct and correct data, that depends on the implementation
Note: The implementation is not required to document which behavior occurs. The range of possible behaviors is usually delineated by this International Standard.  — end note ]

1.3.26 well-formed program [defns.well.formed]

C++ program constructed according to the syntax rules, diagnosable semantic rules, and the One Definition Rule ([basic.def.odr]).

1.4 Implementation compliance [intro.compliance]

The set of diagnosable rules consists of all syntactic and semantic rules in this International Standard except for those rules containing an explicit notation that “no diagnostic is required” or which are described as resulting in “undefined behavior.”

Although this International Standard states only requirements on C++ implementations, those requirements are often easier to understand if they are phrased as requirements on programs, parts of programs, or execution of programs. Such requirements have the following meaning:

  • If a program contains no violations of the rules in this International Standard, a conforming implementation shall, within its resource limits, accept and correctly execute2 that program.

  • If a program contains a violation of any diagnosable rule or an occurrence of a construct described in this Standard as “conditionally-supported” when the implementation does not support that construct, a conforming implementation shall issue at least one diagnostic message.

  • If a program contains a violation of a rule for which no diagnostic is required, this International Standard places no requirement on implementations with respect to that program.

For classes and class templates, the library Clauses specify partial definitions. Private members (Clause [class.access]) are not specified, but each implementation shall supply them to complete the definitions according to the description in the library Clauses.

For functions, function templates, objects, and values, the library Clauses specify declarations. Implementations shall supply definitions consistent with the descriptions in the library Clauses.

The names defined in the library have namespace scope ([basic.namespace]). A C++ translation unit ([lex.phases]) obtains access to these names by including the appropriate standard library header ([cpp.include]).

The templates, classes, functions, and objects in the library have external linkage ([basic.link]). The implementation provides definitions for standard library entities, as necessary, while combining translation units to form a complete C++ program ([lex.phases]).

Two kinds of implementations are defined: a hosted implementation and a freestanding implementation. For a hosted implementation, this International Standard defines the set of available libraries. A freestanding implementation is one in which execution may take place without the benefit of an operating system, and has an implementation-defined set of libraries that includes certain language-support libraries ([compliance]).

A conforming implementation may have extensions (including additional library functions), provided they do not alter the behavior of any well-formed program. Implementations are required to diagnose programs that use such extensions that are ill-formed according to this International Standard. Having done so, however, they can compile and execute such programs.

Each implementation shall include documentation that identifies all conditionally-supported constructs that it does not support and defines all locale-specific characteristics.3

“Correct execution” can include undefined behavior, depending on the data being processed; see [intro.defs] and [intro.execution].

This documentation also defines implementation-defined behavior; see [intro.execution].

1.5 Structure of this International Standard [intro.structure]

Clauses [lex] through [cpp] describe the C++ programming language. That description includes detailed syntactic specifications in a form described in [syntax]. For convenience, Annex [gram] repeats all such syntactic specifications.

Clauses [language.support] through [thread] and Annex [depr] (the library clauses) describe the Standard C++ library. That description includes detailed descriptions of the templates, classes, functions, constants, and macros that constitute the library, in a form described in Clause [library].

Annex [implimits] recommends lower bounds on the capacity of conforming implementations.

Annex [diff] summarizes the evolution of C++ since its first published description, and explains in detail the differences between C++ and C. Certain features of C++ exist solely for compatibility purposes; Annex [depr] describes those features.

Throughout this International Standard, each example is introduced by “[ Example:” and terminated by “ — end example ]”. Each note is introduced by “[ Note:” and terminated by “ — end note ]”. Examples and notes may be nested.

1.6 Syntax notation [syntax]

In the syntax notation used in this International Standard, syntactic categories are indicated by italic type, and literal words and characters in constant width type. Alternatives are listed on separate lines except in a few cases where a long set of alternatives is marked by the phrase “one of.” If the text of an alternative is too long to fit on a line, the text is continued on subsequent lines indented from the first one. An optional terminal or non-terminal symbol is indicated by the subscript “opt”, so

{ expressionopt }

indicates an optional expression enclosed in braces.

Names for syntactic categories have generally been chosen according to the following rules:

  • X-name is a use of an identifier in a context that determines its meaning (e.g., class-name, typedef-name).

  • X-id is an identifier with no context-dependent meaning (e.g., qualified-id).

  • X-seq is one or more X's without intervening delimiters (e.g., declaration-seq is a sequence of declarations).

  • X-list is one or more X's separated by intervening commas (e.g., expression-list is a sequence of expressions separated by commas).

1.7 The C++ memory model [intro.memory]

The fundamental storage unit in the C++ memory model is the byte. A byte is at least large enough to contain any member of the basic execution character set ([lex.charset]) and the eight-bit code units of the Unicode UTF-8 encoding form and is composed of a contiguous sequence of bits, the number of which is implementation-defined. The least significant bit is called the low-order bit; the most significant bit is called the high-order bit. The memory available to a C++ program consists of one or more sequences of contiguous bytes. Every byte has a unique address.

Note: The representation of types is described in [basic.types].  — end note ]

A memory location is either an object of scalar type or a maximal sequence of adjacent bit-fields all having non-zero width. [ Note: Various features of the language, such as references and virtual functions, might involve additional memory locations that are not accessible to programs but are managed by the implementation.  — end note ] Two or more threads of execution ([intro.multithread]) can update and access separate memory locations without interfering with each other.

Note: Thus a bit-field and an adjacent non-bit-field are in separate memory locations, and therefore can be concurrently updated by two threads of execution without interference. The same applies to two bit-fields, if one is declared inside a nested struct declaration and the other is not, or if the two are separated by a zero-length bit-field declaration, or if they are separated by a non-bit-field declaration. It is not safe to concurrently update two bit-fields in the same struct if all fields between them are also bit-fields of non-zero width.  — end note ]

Example: A structure declared as

struct {
  char a;
  int b:5,
  c:11,
  :0,
  d:8;
  struct {int ee:8;} e;
}

contains four separate memory locations: The field a and bit-fields d and e.ee are each separate memory locations, and can be modified concurrently without interfering with each other. The bit-fields b and c together constitute the fourth memory location. The bit-fields b and c cannot be concurrently modified, but b and a, for example, can be.  — end example ]

1.8 The C++ object model [intro.object]

The constructs in a C++ program create, destroy, refer to, access, and manipulate objects. An object is a region of storage. [ Note: A function is not an object, regardless of whether or not it occupies storage in the way that objects do.  — end note ] An object is created by a definition ([basic.def]), by a new-expression ([expr.new]) or by the implementation ([class.temporary]) when needed. The properties of an object are determined when the object is created. An object can have a name (Clause [basic]). An object has a storage duration ([basic.stc]) which influences its lifetime ([basic.life]). An object has a type ([basic.types]). The term object type refers to the type with which the object is created. Some objects are polymorphic ([class.virtual]); the implementation generates information associated with each such object that makes it possible to determine that object's type during program execution. For other objects, the interpretation of the values found therein is determined by the type of the expressions (Clause [expr]) used to access them.

Objects can contain other objects, called subobjects. A subobject can be a member subobject ([class.mem]), a base class subobject (Clause [class.derived]), or an array element. An object that is not a subobject of any other object is called a complete object.

For every object x, there is some object called the complete object of x, determined as follows:

  • If x is a complete object, then x is the complete object of x.

  • Otherwise, the complete object of x is the complete object of the (unique) object that contains x.

If a complete object, a data member ([class.mem]), or an array element is of class type, its type is considered the most derived class, to distinguish it from the class type of any base class subobject; an object of a most derived class type or of a non-class type is called a most derived object.

Unless it is a bit-field ([class.bit]), a most derived object shall have a non-zero size and shall occupy one or more bytes of storage. Base class subobjects may have zero size. An object of trivially copyable or standard-layout type ([basic.types]) shall occupy contiguous bytes of storage.

Unless an object is a bit-field or a base class subobject of zero size, the address of that object is the address of the first byte it occupies. Two objects that are not bit-fields may have the same address if one is a subobject of the other, or if at least one is a base class subobject of zero size and they are of different types; otherwise, they shall have distinct addresses.4

Example:

static const char test1 = 'x';
static const char test2 = 'x';
const bool b = &test1 != &test2;      // always true

 — end example ]

Note: C++ provides a variety of fundamental types and several ways of composing new types from existing types ([basic.types]).  — end note ]

Under the “as-if” rule an implementation is allowed to store two objects at the same machine address or not store an object at all if the program cannot observe the difference ([intro.execution]).

1.9 Program execution [intro.execution]

The semantic descriptions in this International Standard define a parameterized nondeterministic abstract machine. This International Standard places no requirement on the structure of conforming implementations. In particular, they need not copy or emulate the structure of the abstract machine. Rather, conforming implementations are required to emulate (only) the observable behavior of the abstract machine as explained below.5

Certain aspects and operations of the abstract machine are described in this International Standard as implementation-defined (for example, sizeof(int)). These constitute the parameters of the abstract machine. Each implementation shall include documentation describing its characteristics and behavior in these respects.6 Such documentation shall define the instance of the abstract machine that corresponds to that implementation (referred to as the “corresponding instance” below).

Certain other aspects and operations of the abstract machine are described in this International Standard as unspecified (for example, order of evaluation of arguments to a function). Where possible, this International Standard defines a set of allowable behaviors. These define the nondeterministic aspects of the abstract machine. An instance of the abstract machine can thus have more than one possible execution for a given program and a given input.

Certain other operations are described in this International Standard as undefined (for example, the effect of attempting to modify a const object). [ Note: This International Standard imposes no requirements on the behavior of programs that contain undefined behavior.  — end note ]

A conforming implementation executing a well-formed program shall produce the same observable behavior as one of the possible executions of the corresponding instance of the abstract machine with the same program and the same input. However, if any such execution contains an undefined operation, this International Standard places no requirement on the implementation executing that program with that input (not even with regard to operations preceding the first undefined operation).

When the processing of the abstract machine is interrupted by receipt of a signal, the values of objects which are neither

are unspecified during the execution of the signal handler, and the value of any object not in either of these two categories that is modified by the handler becomes undefined.

An instance of each object with automatic storage duration ([basic.stc.auto]) is associated with each entry into its block. Such an object exists and retains its last-stored value during the execution of the block and while the block is suspended (by a call of a function or receipt of a signal).

The least requirements on a conforming implementation are:

  • Access to volatile objects are evaluated strictly according to the rules of the abstract machine.

  • At program termination, all data written into files shall be identical to one of the possible results that execution of the program according to the abstract semantics would have produced.

  • The input and output dynamics of interactive devices shall take place in such a fashion that prompting output is actually delivered before a program waits for input. What constitutes an interactive device is implementation-defined.

These collectively are referred to as the observable behavior of the program. [ Note: More stringent correspondences between abstract and actual semantics may be defined by each implementation.  — end note ]

Note: Operators can be regrouped according to the usual mathematical rules only where the operators really are associative or commutative.7 For example, in the following fragment

int a, b;
/*...*/
a = a + 32760 + b + 5;

the expression statement behaves exactly the same as

a = (((a + 32760) + b) + 5);

due to the associativity and precedence of these operators. Thus, the result of the sum (a + 32760) is next added to b, and that result is then added to 5 which results in the value assigned to a. On a machine in which overflows produce an exception and in which the range of values representable by an int is [-32768,+32767], the implementation cannot rewrite this expression as

a = ((a + b) + 32765);

since if the values for a and b were, respectively, -32754 and -15, the sum a + b would produce an exception while the original expression would not; nor can the expression be rewritten either as

a = ((a + 32765) + b);

or

a = (a + (b + 32765));

since the values for a and b might have been, respectively, 4 and -8 or -17 and 12. However on a machine in which overflows do not produce an exception and in which the results of overflows are reversible, the above expression statement can be rewritten by the implementation in any of the above ways because the same result will occur.  — end note ]

A full-expression is an expression that is not a subexpression of another expression. If a language construct is defined to produce an implicit call of a function, a use of the language construct is considered to be an expression for the purposes of this definition. A call to a destructor generated at the end of the lifetime of an object other than a temporary object is an implicit full-expression. Conversions applied to the result of an expression in order to satisfy the requirements of the language construct in which the expression appears are also considered to be part of the full-expression.

Example:

struct S {
  S(int i): I(i) { }
  int& v() { return I; }
private:
  int I;
};

 S s1(1);           // full-expression is call of S::S(int)
 S s2 = 2;          // full-expression is call of S::S(int)

void f() {
  if (S(3).v())     // full-expression includes lvalue-to-rvalue and
                    // int to bool conversions, performed before
                    // temporary is deleted at end of full-expression
  { }
}

 — end example ]

Note: The evaluation of a full-expression can include the evaluation of subexpressions that are not lexically part of the full-expression. For example, subexpressions involved in evaluating default arguments ([dcl.fct.default]) are considered to be created in the expression that calls the function, not the expression that defines the default argument.  — end note ]

Accessing an object designated by a volatile glvalue ([basic.lval]), modifying an object, calling a library I/O function, or calling a function that does any of those operations are all side effects, which are changes in the state of the execution environment. Evaluation of an expression (or a sub-expression) in general includes both value computations (including determining the identity of an object for glvalue evaluation and fetching a value previously assigned to an object for prvalue evaluation) and initiation of side effects. When a call to a library I/O function returns or an access to a volatile object is evaluated the side effect is considered complete, even though some external actions implied by the call (such as the I/O itself) or by the volatile access may not have completed yet.

Sequenced before is an asymmetric, transitive, pair-wise relation between evaluations executed by a single thread ([intro.multithread]), which induces a partial order among those evaluations. Given any two evaluations A and B, if A is sequenced before B, then the execution of A shall precede the execution of B. If A is not sequenced before B and B is not sequenced before A, then A and B are unsequenced. [ Note: The execution of unsequenced evaluations can overlap.  — end note ] Evaluations A and B are indeterminately sequenced when either A is sequenced before B or B is sequenced before A, but it is unspecified which. [ Note: Indeterminately sequenced evaluations cannot overlap, but either could be executed first.  — end note ]

Every value computation and side effect associated with a full-expression is sequenced before every value computation and side effect associated with the next full-expression to be evaluated.8.

Except where noted, evaluations of operands of individual operators and of subexpressions of individual expressions are unsequenced. [ Note: In an expression that is evaluated more than once during the execution of a program, unsequenced and indeterminately sequenced evaluations of its subexpressions need not be performed consistently in different evaluations.  — end note ] The value computations of the operands of an operator are sequenced before the value computation of the result of the operator. If a side effect on a scalar object is unsequenced relative to either another side effect on the same scalar object or a value computation using the value of the same scalar object, the behavior is undefined.

Example:

void f(int, int);
void g(int i, int* v) {
  i = v[i++];         // the behavior is undefined
  i = 7, i++, i++;    // i becomes 9

  i = i++ + 1;        // the behavior is undefined
  i = i + 1;          // the value of i is incremented

  f(i = -1, i = -1);  // the behavior is undefined
}

 — end example ]

When calling a function (whether or not the function is inline), every value computation and side effect associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every expression or statement in the body of the called function. [ Note: Value computations and side effects associated with different argument expressions are unsequenced.  — end note ] Every evaluation in the calling function (including other function calls) that is not otherwise specifically sequenced before or after the execution of the body of the called function is indeterminately sequenced with respect to the execution of the called function.9 Several contexts in C++ cause evaluation of a function call, even though no corresponding function call syntax appears in the translation unit. [ Example: Evaluation of a new expression invokes one or more allocation and constructor functions; see [expr.new]. For another example, invocation of a conversion function ([class.conv.fct]) can arise in contexts in which no function call syntax appears.  — end example ] The sequencing constraints on the execution of the called function (as described above) are features of the function calls as evaluated, whatever the syntax of the expression that calls the function might be.

This provision is sometimes called the “as-if” rule, because an implementation is free to disregard any requirement of this International Standard as long as the result is as if the requirement had been obeyed, as far as can be determined from the observable behavior of the program. For instance, an actual implementation need not evaluate part of an expression if it can deduce that its value is not used and that no side effects affecting the observable behavior of the program are produced.

This documentation also includes conditionally-supported constructs and locale-specific behavior. See [intro.compliance].

Overloaded operators are never assumed to be associative or commutative.

As specified in [class.temporary], after a full-expression is evaluated, a sequence of zero or more invocations of destructor functions for temporary objects takes place, usually in reverse order of the construction of each temporary object.

In other words, function executions do not interleave with each other.

1.10 Multi-threaded executions and data races [intro.multithread]

A thread of execution (also known as a thread) is a single flow of control within a program, including the initial invocation of a specific top-level function, and recursively including every function invocation subsequently executed by the thread. [ Note: When one thread creates another, the initial call to the top-level function of the new thread is executed by the new thread, not by the creating thread.  — end note ] Every thread in a program can potentially access every object and function in a program.10 Under a hosted implementation, a C++ program can have more than one thread running concurrently. The execution of each thread proceeds as defined by the remainder of this standard. The execution of the entire program consists of an execution of all of its threads. [ Note: Usually the execution can be viewed as an interleaving of all its threads. However, some kinds of atomic operations, for example, allow executions inconsistent with a simple interleaving, as described below.  — end note ] Under a freestanding implementation, it is implementation-defined whether a program can have more than one thread of execution.

Implementations should ensure that all unblocked threads eventually make progress. [ Note: Standard library functions may silently block on I/O or locks. Factors in the execution environment, including externally-imposed thread priorities, may prevent an implementation from making certain guarantees of forward progress.  — end note ]

The value of an object visible to a thread T at a particular point is the initial value of the object, a value assigned to the object by T, or a value assigned to the object by another thread, according to the rules below. [ Note: In some cases, there may instead be undefined behavior. Much of this section is motivated by the desire to support atomic operations with explicit and detailed visibility constraints. However, it also implicitly supports a simpler view for more restricted programs.  — end note ]

Two expression evaluations conflict if one of them modifies a memory location ([intro.memory]) and the other one accesses or modifies the same memory location.

The library defines a number of atomic operations (Clause [atomics]) and operations on mutexes (Clause [thread]) that are specially identified as synchronization operations. These operations play a special role in making assignments in one thread visible to another. A synchronization operation on one or more memory locations is either a consume operation, an acquire operation, a release operation, or both an acquire and release operation. A synchronization operation without an associated memory location is a fence and can be either an acquire fence, a release fence, or both an acquire and release fence. In addition, there are relaxed atomic operations, which are not synchronization operations, and atomic read-modify-write operations, which have special characteristics. [ Note: For example, a call that acquires a mutex will perform an acquire operation on the locations comprising the mutex. Correspondingly, a call that releases the same mutex will perform a release operation on those same locations. Informally, performing a release operation on A forces prior side effects on other memory locations to become visible to other threads that later perform a consume or an acquire operation on A. “Relaxed” atomic operations are not synchronization operations even though, like synchronization operations, they cannot contribute to data races.  — end note ]

All modifications to a particular atomic object M occur in some particular total order, called the modification order of M. If A and B are modifications of an atomic object M and A happens before (as defined below) B, then A shall precede B in the modification order of M, which is defined below. [ Note: This states that the modification orders must respect the “happens before” relationship.  — end note ] [ Note: There is a separate order for each atomic object. There is no requirement that these can be combined into a single total order for all objects. In general this will be impossible since different threads may observe modifications to different objects in inconsistent orders.  — end note ]

A release sequence headed by a release operation A on an atomic object M is a maximal contiguous sub-sequence of side effects in the modification order of M, where the first operation is A, and every subsequent operation

  • is performed by the same thread that performed A, or

  • is an atomic read-modify-write operation.

Certain library calls synchronize with other library calls performed by another thread. For example, an atomic store-release synchronizes with a load-acquire that takes its value from the store ([atomics.order]). [ Note: Except in the specified cases, reading a later value does not necessarily ensure visibility as described below. Such a requirement would sometimes interfere with efficient implementation.  — end note ] [ Note: The specifications of the synchronization operations define when one reads the value written by another. For atomic objects, the definition is clear. All operations on a given mutex occur in a single total order. Each mutex acquisition “reads the value written” by the last mutex release.  — end note ]

An evaluation A carries a dependency to an evaluation B if

  • the value of A is used as an operand of B, unless:

    or

  • A writes a scalar object or bit-field M, B reads the value written by A from M, and A is sequenced before B, or

  • for some evaluation X, A carries a dependency to X, and X carries a dependency to B.

Note: “Carries a dependency to” is a subset of “is sequenced before”, and is similarly strictly intra-thread.  — end note ]

An evaluation A is dependency-ordered before an evaluation B if

  • A performs a release operation on an atomic object M, and, in another thread, B performs a consume operation on M and reads a value written by any side effect in the release sequence headed by A, or

  • for some evaluation X, A is dependency-ordered before X and X carries a dependency to B.

Note: The relation “is dependency-ordered before” is analogous to “synchronizes with”, but uses release/consume in place of release/acquire.  — end note ]

An evaluation A inter-thread happens before an evaluation B if

  • A synchronizes with B, or

  • A is dependency-ordered before B, or

  • for some evaluation X

    • A synchronizes with X and X is sequenced before B, or

    • A is sequenced before X and X inter-thread happens before B, or

    • A inter-thread happens before X and X inter-thread happens before B.

Note: The “inter-thread happens before” relation describes arbitrary concatenations of “sequenced before”, “synchronizes with” and “dependency-ordered before” relationships, with two exceptions. The first exception is that a concatenation is not permitted to end with “dependency-ordered before” followed by “sequenced before”. The reason for this limitation is that a consume operation participating in a “dependency-ordered before” relationship provides ordering only with respect to operations to which this consume operation actually carries a dependency. The reason that this limitation applies only to the end of such a concatenation is that any subsequent release operation will provide the required ordering for a prior consume operation. The second exception is that a concatenation is not permitted to consist entirely of “sequenced before”. The reasons for this limitation are (1) to permit “inter-thread happens before” to be transitively closed and (2) the “happens before” relation, defined below, provides for relationships consisting entirely of “sequenced before”.  — end note ]

An evaluation A happens before an evaluation B if:

The implementation shall ensure that no program execution demonstrates a cycle in the “happens before” relation. [ Note: This cycle would otherwise be possible only through the use of consume operations.  — end note ]

A visible side effect A on a scalar object or bit-field M with respect to a value computation B of M satisfies the conditions:

  • A happens before B and

  • there is no other side effect X to M such that A happens before X and X happens before B.

The value of a non-atomic scalar object or bit-field M, as determined by evaluation B, shall be the value stored by the visible side effect A. [ Note: If there is ambiguity about which side effect to a non-atomic object or bit-field is visible, then the behavior is either unspecified or undefined.  — end note ] [ Note: This states that operations on ordinary objects are not visibly reordered. This is not actually detectable without data races, but it is necessary to ensure that data races, as defined below, and with suitable restrictions on the use of atomics, correspond to data races in a simple interleaved (sequentially consistent) execution.  — end note ]

The visible sequence of side effects on an atomic object M, with respect to a value computation B of M, is a maximal contiguous sub-sequence of side effects in the modification order of M, where the first side effect is visible with respect to B, and for every side effect, it is not the case that B happens before it. The value of an atomic object M, as determined by evaluation B, shall be the value stored by some operation in the visible sequence of M with respect to B. [ Note: It can be shown that the visible sequence of side effects of a value computation is unique given the coherence requirements below.  — end note ]

If an operation A that modifies an atomic object M happens before an operation B that modifies M, then A shall be earlier than B in the modification order of M. [ Note: This requirement is known as write-write coherence.  — end note ]

If a value computation A of an atomic object M happens before a value computation B of M, and A takes its value from a side effect X on M, then the value computed by B shall either be the value stored by X or the value stored by a side effect Y on M, where Y follows X in the modification order of M. [ Note: This requirement is known as read-read coherence.  — end note ]

If a value computation A of an atomic object M happens before an operation B on M, then A shall take its value from a side effect X on M, where X precedes B in the modification order of M. [ Note: This requirement is known as read-write coherence.  — end note ]

If a side effect X on an atomic object M happens before a value computation B of M, then the evaluation B shall take its value from X or from a side effect Y that follows X in the modification order of M. [ Note: This requirement is known as write-read coherence.  — end note ]

Note: The four preceding coherence requirements effectively disallow compiler reordering of atomic operations to a single object, even if both operations are relaxed loads. This effectively makes the cache coherence guarantee provided by most hardware available to C++ atomic operations.  — end note ]

Note: The visible sequence of side effects depends on the “happens before” relation, which depends on the values observed by loads of atomics, which we are restricting here. The intended reading is that there must exist an association of atomic loads with modifications they observe that, together with suitably chosen modification orders and the “happens before” relation derived as described above, satisfy the resulting constraints as imposed here.  — end note ]

The execution of a program contains a data race if it contains two conflicting actions in different threads, at least one of which is not atomic, and neither happens before the other. Any such data race results in undefined behavior. [ Note: It can be shown that programs that correctly use mutexes and memory_order_seq_cst operations to prevent all data races and use no other synchronization operations behave as if the operations executed by their constituent threads were simply interleaved, with each value computation of an object being taken from the last side effect on that object in that interleaving. This is normally referred to as “sequential consistency”. However, this applies only to data-race-free programs, and data-race-free programs cannot observe most program transformations that do not change single-threaded program semantics. In fact, most single-threaded program transformations continue to be allowed, since any program that behaves differently as a result must perform an undefined operation.  — end note ]

Note: Compiler transformations that introduce assignments to a potentially shared memory location that would not be modified by the abstract machine are generally precluded by this standard, since such an assignment might overwrite another assignment by a different thread in cases in which an abstract machine execution would not have encountered a data race. This includes implementations of data member assignment that overwrite adjacent members in separate memory locations. Reordering of atomic loads in cases in which the atomics in question may alias is also generally precluded, since this may violate the “visible sequence” rules.  — end note ]

Note: Transformations that introduce a speculative read of a potentially shared memory location may not preserve the semantics of the C++ program as defined in this standard, since they potentially introduce a data race. However, they are typically valid in the context of an optimizing compiler that targets a specific machine with well-defined semantics for data races. They would be invalid for a hypothetical machine that is not tolerant of races or provides hardware race detection.  — end note ]

The implementation may assume that any thread will eventually do one of the following:

  • terminate,

  • make a call to a library I/O function,

  • access or modify a volatile object, or

  • perform a synchronization operation or an atomic operation.

Note: This is intended to allow compiler transformations such as removal of empty loops, even when termination cannot be proven.  — end note ]

An implementation should ensure that the last value (in modification order) assigned by an atomic or synchronization operation will become visible to all other threads in a finite period of time.

An object with automatic or thread storage duration ([basic.stc]) is associated with one specific thread, and can be accessed by a different thread only indirectly through a pointer or reference ([basic.compound]).

1.11 Acknowledgments [intro.ack]

The C++ programming language as described in this International Standard is based on the language as described in Chapter R (Reference Manual) of Stroustrup: The C++ Programming Language (second edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, ISBN 0-201-53992-6, copyright © 1991 AT&T). That, in turn, is based on the C programming language as described in Appendix A of Kernighan and Ritchie: The C Programming Language (Prentice-Hall, 1978, ISBN 0-13-110163-3, copyright © 1978 AT&T).

Portions of the library Clauses of this International Standard are based on work by P.J. Plauger, which was published as The Draft Standard C++ Library (Prentice-Hall, ISBN 0-13-117003-1, copyright © 1995 P.J. Plauger).

POSIX® is a registered trademark of the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc.

All rights in these originals are reserved.

2 Lexical conventions [lex]

2.1 Separate translation [lex.separate]

The text of the program is kept in units called source files in this International Standard. A source file together with all the headers ([headers]) and source files included ([cpp.include]) via the preprocessing directive #include, less any source lines skipped by any of the conditional inclusion ([cpp.cond]) preprocessing directives, is called a translation unit. [ Note: A C++ program need not all be translated at the same time.  — end note ]

Note: Previously translated translation units and instantiation units can be preserved individually or in libraries. The separate translation units of a program communicate ([basic.link]) by (for example) calls to functions whose identifiers have external linkage, manipulation of objects whose identifiers have external linkage, or manipulation of data files. Translation units can be separately translated and then later linked to produce an executable program ([basic.link]).  — end note ]

2.2 Phases of translation [lex.phases]

The precedence among the syntax rules of translation is specified by the following phases.11

  1. Physical source file characters are mapped, in an implementation-defined manner, to the basic source character set (introducing new-line characters for end-of-line indicators) if necessary. The set of physical source file characters accepted is implementation-defined. Trigraph sequences ([lex.trigraph]) are replaced by corresponding single-character internal representations. Any source file character not in the basic source character set ([lex.charset]) is replaced by the universal-character-name that designates that character. (An implementation may use any internal encoding, so long as an actual extended character encountered in the source file, and the same extended character expressed in the source file as a universal-character-name (i.e., using the \uXXXX notation), are handled equivalently except where this replacement is reverted in a raw string literal.)

  2. Each instance of a backslash character (\) immediately followed by a new-line character is deleted, splicing physical source lines to form logical source lines. Only the last backslash on any physical source line shall be eligible for being part of such a splice. If, as a result, a character sequence that matches the syntax of a universal-character-name is produced, the behavior is undefined. A source file that is not empty and that does not end in a new-line character, or that ends in a new-line character immediately preceded by a backslash character before any such splicing takes place, shall be processed as if an additional new-line character were appended to the file.

  3. The source file is decomposed into preprocessing tokens ([lex.pptoken]) and sequences of white-space characters (including comments). A source file shall not end in a partial preprocessing token or in a partial comment.12 Each comment is replaced by one space character. New-line characters are retained. Whether each nonempty sequence of white-space characters other than new-line is retained or replaced by one space character is unspecified. The process of dividing a source file's characters into preprocessing tokens is context-dependent. [ Example: see the handling of < within a #include preprocessing directive.  — end example ]

  4. Preprocessing directives are executed, macro invocations are expanded, and _Pragma unary operator expressions are executed. If a character sequence that matches the syntax of a universal-character-name is produced by token concatenation ([cpp.concat]), the behavior is undefined. A #include preprocessing directive causes the named header or source file to be processed from phase 1 through phase 4, recursively. All preprocessing directives are then deleted.

  5. Each source character set member in a character literal or a string literal, as well as each escape sequence and universal-character-name in a character literal or a non-raw string literal, is converted to the corresponding member of the execution character set ([lex.ccon], [lex.string]); if there is no corresponding member, it is converted to an implementation-defined member other than the null (wide) character.13

  6. Adjacent string literal tokens are concatenated.

  7. White-space characters separating tokens are no longer significant. Each preprocessing token is converted into a token. ([lex.token]). The resulting tokens are syntactically and semantically analyzed and translated as a translation unit. [ Note: The process of analyzing and translating the tokens may occasionally result in one token being replaced by a sequence of other tokens ([temp.names]). — end note ] [ Note: Source files, translation units and translated translation units need not necessarily be stored as files, nor need there be any one-to-one correspondence between these entities and any external representation. The description is conceptual only, and does not specify any particular implementation.  — end note ]

  8. Translated translation units and instantiation units are combined as follows: [ Note: Some or all of these may be supplied from a library.  — end note ] Each translated translation unit is examined to produce a list of required instantiations. [ Note: This may include instantiations which have been explicitly requested ([temp.explicit]).  — end note ] The definitions of the required templates are located. It is implementation-defined whether the source of the translation units containing these definitions is required to be available. [ Note: An implementation could encode sufficient information into the translated translation unit so as to ensure the source is not required here.  — end note ] All the required instantiations are performed to produce instantiation units. [ Note: These are similar to translated translation units, but contain no references to uninstantiated templates and no template definitions.  — end note ] The program is ill-formed if any instantiation fails.

  9. All external entity references are resolved. Library components are linked to satisfy external references to entities not defined in the current translation. All such translator output is collected into a program image which contains information needed for execution in its execution environment.

Implementations must behave as if these separate phases occur, although in practice different phases might be folded together.

A partial preprocessing token would arise from a source file ending in the first portion of a multi-character token that requires a terminating sequence of characters, such as a header-name that is missing the closing " or >. A partial comment would arise from a source file ending with an unclosed /* comment.

An implementation need not convert all non-corresponding source characters to the same execution character.

2.3 Character sets [lex.charset]

The basic source character set consists of 96 characters: the space character, the control characters representing horizontal tab, vertical tab, form feed, and new-line, plus the following 91 graphical characters:14

a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

_ { } [ ] # ( ) < > % : ; . ? * + - / ^ & | ~ ! = , \ " '

The universal-character-name construct provides a way to name other characters.

hex-quad:
    hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit
universal-character-name:
    \u hex-quad
    \U hex-quad hex-quad

The character designated by the universal-character-name \UNNNNNNNN is that character whose character short name in ISO/IEC 10646 is NNNNNNNN; the character designated by the universal-character-name \uNNNN is that character whose character short name in ISO/IEC 10646 is 0000NNNN. If the hexadecimal value for a universal-character-name corresponds to a surrogate code point (in the range 0xD800–0xDFFF, inclusive), the program is ill-formed. Additionally, if the hexadecimal value for a universal-character-name outside the c-char-sequence, s-char-sequence, or r-char-sequence of a character or string literal corresponds to a control character (in either of the ranges 0x00–0x1F or 0x7F–0x9F, both inclusive) or to a character in the basic source character set, the program is ill-formed.15

The basic execution character set and the basic execution wide-character set shall each contain all the members of the basic source character set, plus control characters representing alert, backspace, and carriage return, plus a null character (respectively, null wide character), whose representation has all zero bits. For each basic execution character set, the values of the members shall be non-negative and distinct from one another. In both the source and execution basic character sets, the value of each character after 0 in the above list of decimal digits shall be one greater than the value of the previous. The execution character set and the execution wide-character set are implementation-defined supersets of the basic execution character set and the basic execution wide-character set, respectively. The values of the members of the execution character sets and the sets of additional members are locale-specific.

The glyphs for the members of the basic source character set are intended to identify characters from the subset of ISO/IEC 10646 which corresponds to the ASCII character set. However, because the mapping from source file characters to the source character set (described in translation phase 1) is specified as implementation-defined, an implementation is required to document how the basic source characters are represented in source files.

A sequence of characters resembling a universal-character-name in an r-char-sequence ([lex.string]) does not form a universal-character-name.

2.4 Trigraph sequences [lex.trigraph]

Before any other processing takes place, each occurrence of one of the following sequences of three characters (“trigraph sequences”) is replaced by the single character indicated in Table [tab:trigraph.sequences].

Table 1 — Trigraph sequences
Trigraph Replacement Trigraph Replacement Trigraph Replacement
??= # ??( [ ??< {
??/ \ ??) ] ??> }
??' ^ ??! | ??- ~

Example:

??=define arraycheck(a,b) a??(b??) ??!??! b??(a??)

becomes

#define arraycheck(a,b) a[b] || b[a]

 — end example ]

No other trigraph sequence exists. Each ? that does not begin one of the trigraphs listed above is not changed.

2.5 Preprocessing tokens [lex.pptoken]

preprocessing-token:
    header-name
    identifier
    pp-number
    character-literal
    user-defined-character-literal
    string-literal
    user-defined-string-literal
    preprocessing-op-or-punc
    each non-white-space character that cannot be one of the above

Each preprocessing token that is converted to a token ([lex.token]) shall have the lexical form of a keyword, an identifier, a literal, an operator, or a punctuator.

A preprocessing token is the minimal lexical element of the language in translation phases 3 through 6. The categories of preprocessing token are: header names, identifiers, preprocessing numbers, character literals (including user-defined character literals), string literals (including user-defined string literals), preprocessing operators and punctuators, and single non-white-space characters that do not lexically match the other preprocessing token categories. If a ' or a " character matches the last category, the behavior is undefined. Preprocessing tokens can be separated by white space; this consists of comments ([lex.comment]), or white-space characters (space, horizontal tab, new-line, vertical tab, and form-feed), or both. As described in Clause [cpp], in certain circumstances during translation phase 4, white space (or the absence thereof) serves as more than preprocessing token separation. White space can appear within a preprocessing token only as part of a header name or between the quotation characters in a character literal or string literal.

If the input stream has been parsed into preprocessing tokens up to a given character:

  • If the next character begins a sequence of characters that could be the prefix and initial double quote of a raw string literal, such as R", the next preprocessing token shall be a raw string literal. Between the initial and final double quote characters of the raw string, any transformations performed in phases 1 and 2 (trigraphs, universal-character-names, and line splicing) are reverted; this reversion shall apply before any d-char, r-char, or delimiting parenthesis is identified. The raw string literal is defined as the shortest sequence of characters that matches the raw-string pattern

    encoding-prefixopt R raw-string
  • Otherwise, if the next three characters are <:: and the subsequent character is neither : nor >, the < is treated as a preprocessor token by itself and not as the first character of the alternative token <:.

  • Otherwise, the next preprocessing token is the longest sequence of characters that could constitute a preprocessing token, even if that would cause further lexical analysis to fail.

Example:

#define R "x"
const char* s = R"y";           // ill-formed raw string, not "x" "y"

 — end example ]

Example: The program fragment 1Ex is parsed as a preprocessing number token (one that is not a valid floating or integer literal token), even though a parse as the pair of preprocessing tokens 1 and Ex might produce a valid expression (for example, if Ex were a macro defined as +1). Similarly, the program fragment 1E1 is parsed as a preprocessing number (one that is a valid floating literal token), whether or not E is a macro name.  — end example ]

Example: The program fragment x+++++y is parsed as x ++ ++ + y, which, if x and y have integral types, violates a constraint on increment operators, even though the parse x ++ + ++ y might yield a correct expression.  — end example ]

2.6 Alternative tokens [lex.digraph]

Alternative token representations are provided for some operators and punctuators.16

In all respects of the language, each alternative token behaves the same, respectively, as its primary token, except for its spelling.17 The set of alternative tokens is defined in Table [tab:alternative.tokens].

Table 2 — Alternative tokens
Alternative Primary Alternative Primary Alternative Primary
<% { and && and_eq &=
%> } bitor | or_eq |=
<: [ or || xor_eq ^=
:> ] xor ^ not !
%: # compl ~ not_eq !=
%:%: ## bitand &

These include “digraphs” and additional reserved words. The term “digraph” (token consisting of two characters) is not perfectly descriptive, since one of the alternative preprocessing-tokens is %:%: and of course several primary tokens contain two characters. Nonetheless, those alternative tokens that aren't lexical keywords are colloquially known as “digraphs”.

Thus the “stringized” values ([cpp.stringize]) of [ and <: will be different, maintaining the source spelling, but the tokens can otherwise be freely interchanged.

2.7 Tokens [lex.token]

token:
    identifier
    keyword
    literal
    operator
    punctuator

There are five kinds of tokens: identifiers, keywords, literals,18 operators, and other separators. Blanks, horizontal and vertical tabs, newlines, formfeeds, and comments (collectively, “white space”), as described below, are ignored except as they serve to separate tokens. [ Note: Some white space is required to separate otherwise adjacent identifiers, keywords, numeric literals, and alternative tokens containing alphabetic characters.  — end note ]

Literals include strings and character and numeric literals.

2.8 Comments [lex.comment]

The characters /* start a comment, which terminates with the characters */. These comments do not nest. The characters // start a comment, which terminates with the next new-line character. If there is a form-feed or a vertical-tab character in such a comment, only white-space characters shall appear between it and the new-line that terminates the comment; no diagnostic is required. [ Note: The comment characters //, /*, and */ have no special meaning within a // comment and are treated just like other characters. Similarly, the comment characters // and /* have no special meaning within a /* comment.  — end note ]

2.9 Header names [lex.header]

header-name:
    < h-char-sequence >
    " q-char-sequence "
h-char-sequence:
    h-char
    h-char-sequence h-char
h-char:
    any member of the source character set except new-line and >
q-char-sequence:
    q-char
    q-char-sequence q-char
q-char:
    any member of the source character set except new-line and "

Header name preprocessing tokens shall only appear within a #include preprocessing directive ([cpp.include]). The sequences in both forms of header-names are mapped in an implementation-defined manner to headers or to external source file names as specified in [cpp.include].

The appearance of either of the characters ' or \ or of either of the character sequences /* or // in a q-char-sequence or an h-char-sequence is conditionally supported with implementation-defined semantics, as is the appearance of the character " in an h-char-sequence.19

Thus, a sequence of characters that resembles an escape sequence might result in an error, be interpreted as the character corresponding to the escape sequence, or have a completely different meaning, depending on the implementation.

2.10 Preprocessing numbers [lex.ppnumber]

pp-number:
    digit
    . digit
    pp-number digit
    pp-number identifier-nondigit
    pp-number e sign
    pp-number E sign
    pp-number .

Preprocessing number tokens lexically include all integral literal tokens ([lex.icon]) and all floating literal tokens ([lex.fcon]).

A preprocessing number does not have a type or a value; it acquires both after a successful conversion to an integral literal token or a floating literal token.

2.11 Identifiers [lex.name]

identifier:
    identifier-nondigit
    identifier identifier-nondigit
    identifier digit
identifier-nondigit:
    nondigit
    universal-character-name
    other implementation-defined characters
nondigit: one of
    a b c d e f g h i j k l m
    n o p q r s t u v w x y z
    A B C D E F G H I J K L M
    N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _
digit: one of
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

An identifier is an arbitrarily long sequence of letters and digits. Each universal-character-name in an identifier shall designate a character whose encoding in ISO 10646 falls into one of the ranges specified in [charname.allowed]. The initial element shall not be a universal-character-name designating a character whose encoding falls into one of the ranges specified in [charname.disallowed]. Upper- and lower-case letters are different. All characters are significant.20

The identifiers in Table [tab:identifiers.special] have a special meaning when appearing in a certain context. When referred to in the grammar, these identifiers are used explicitly rather than using the identifier grammar production. any ambiguity as to whether a given identifier has a special meaning is resolved to interpret the token as a regular identifier.

Table 3 — Identifiers with special meaning
override final

In addition, some identifiers are reserved for use by C++ implementations and standard libraries ([global.names]) and shall not be used otherwise; no diagnostic is required.

On systems in which linkers cannot accept extended characters, an encoding of the universal-character-name may be used in forming valid external identifiers. For example, some otherwise unused character or sequence of characters may be used to encode the \u in a universal-character-name. Extended characters may produce a long external identifier, but C++ does not place a translation limit on significant characters for external identifiers. In C++, upper- and lower-case letters are considered different for all identifiers, including external identifiers.

2.12 Keywords [lex.key]

The identifiers shown in Table [tab:keywords] are reserved for use as keywords (that is, they are unconditionally treated as keywords in phase 7) except in an attribute-token ([dcl.attr.grammar]) [ Note: The export keyword is unused but is reserved for future use. — end note ]:

Table 4 — Keywords
alignas continue friend register true
alignof decltype goto reinterpret_cast try
asm default if return typedef
auto delete inline short typeid
bool do int signed typename
break double long sizeof union
case dynamic_cast mutable static unsigned
catch else namespace static_assert using
char enum new static_cast virtual
char16_t explicit noexcept struct void
char32_t export nullptr switch volatile
class extern operator template wchar_t
const false private this while
constexpr float protected thread_local
const_cast for public throw

Furthermore, the alternative representations shown in Table [tab:alternative.representations] for certain operators and punctuators ([lex.digraph]) are reserved and shall not be used otherwise:

Table 5 — Alternative representations
and and_eq bitand bitor compl not
not_eq or or_eq xor xor_eq

2.13 Operators and punctuators [lex.operators]

The lexical representation of C++ programs includes a number of preprocessing tokens which are used in the syntax of the preprocessor or are converted into tokens for operators and punctuators:

preprocessing-op-or-punc: one of
	{ 	} 	[ 	] 	# 	## 	( 	)
	<: 	:> 	<% 	%> 	%: 	%:%: 	; 	: 	...
	new 	delete 	? 	:: 	. 	.*
	+ 	- 	* 	/ 	% 	^ 	& 	| 	~
	! 	= 	< 	> 	+= 	-= 	*= 	/= 	%=
	^= 	&= 	|= 	<< 	>> 	>>= 	<<= 	== 	!=
	<= 	>= 	&& 	|| 	++ 	-- 	, 	->* 	->
	and 	and_eq 	bitand 	bitor 	compl 	not 	not_eq
	or 	or_eq 	xor 	xor_eq

Each preprocessing-op-or-punc is converted to a single token in translation phase 7 ([lex.phases]).

2.14 Literals [lex.literal]

2.14.1 Kinds of literals [lex.literal.kinds]

The term “literal” generally designates, in this International Standard, those tokens that are called “constants” in ISO C.

2.14.2 Integer literals [lex.icon]

integer-literal:
    decimal-literal integer-suffixopt
    octal-literal integer-suffixopt
    hexadecimal-literal integer-suffixopt
decimal-literal:
    nonzero-digit
    decimal-literal digit
octal-literal:
    0
    octal-literal octal-digit
hexadecimal-literal:
    0x hexadecimal-digit
    0X hexadecimal-digit
    hexadecimal-literal hexadecimal-digit
nonzero-digit: one of
    1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9
octal-digit: one of
    0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7
hexadecimal-digit: one of
    0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9
    a  b  c  d  e  f
    A  B  C  D  E  F
integer-suffix:
    unsigned-suffix long-suffixopt 
    unsigned-suffix long-long-suffixopt 
    long-suffix unsigned-suffixopt 
    long-long-suffix unsigned-suffixopt
unsigned-suffix: one of
    u  U
long-suffix: one of
    l  L
long-long-suffix: one of
    ll  LL

An integer literal is a sequence of digits that has no period or exponent part. An integer literal may have a prefix that specifies its base and a suffix that specifies its type. The lexically first digit of the sequence of digits is the most significant. A decimal integer literal (base ten) begins with a digit other than 0 and consists of a sequence of decimal digits. An octal integer literal (base eight) begins with the digit 0 and consists of a sequence of octal digits.22 A hexadecimal integer literal (base sixteen) begins with 0x or 0X and consists of a sequence of hexadecimal digits, which include the decimal digits and the letters a through f and A through F with decimal values ten through fifteen. [ Example: the number twelve can be written 12, 014, or 0XC.  — end example ]

The type of an integer literal is the first of the corresponding list in Table [tab:lex.type.integer.constant] in which its value can be represented.

Table 6 — Types of integer constants
SuffixDecimal constantsOctal or hexadecimal constant
none int int
long int unsigned int
long long int long int
unsigned long int
long long int
unsigned long long int
u or U unsigned int unsigned int
unsigned long int unsigned long int
unsigned long long int unsigned long long int
l or L long int long int
long long int unsigned long int
long long int
unsigned long long int
Both u or U unsigned long int unsigned long int
and l or L unsigned long long int unsigned long long int
ll or LL long long int long long int
unsigned long long int
Both u or U unsigned long long int unsigned long long int
and ll or LL

If an integer literal cannot be represented by any type in its list and an extended integer type ([basic.fundamental]) can represent its value, it may have that extended integer type. If all of the types in the list for the literal are signed, the extended integer type shall be signed. If all of the types in the list for the literal are unsigned, the extended integer type shall be unsigned. If the list contains both signed and unsigned types, the extended integer type may be signed or unsigned. A program is ill-formed if one of its translation units contains an integer literal that cannot be represented by any of the allowed types.

The digits 8 and 9 are not octal digits.

2.14.3 Character literals [lex.ccon]

character-literal:
    ' c-char-sequence '
    u' c-char-sequence '
    U' c-char-sequence '
    L' c-char-sequence '
c-char-sequence:
    c-char
    c-char-sequence c-char
c-char:
	any member of the source character set except
		the single-quote ', backslash \, or new-line character
	escape-sequence
	universal-character-name
escape-sequence:
    simple-escape-sequence
    octal-escape-sequence
    hexadecimal-escape-sequence
simple-escape-sequence: one of
    \'  \"  \?  \\
    \a  \b  \f  \n  \r  \t  \v
octal-escape-sequence:
    \ octal-digit
    \ octal-digit octal-digit
    \ octal-digit octal-digit octal-digit
hexadecimal-escape-sequence:
    \x hexadecimal-digit
    hexadecimal-escape-sequence hexadecimal-digit

A character literal is one or more characters enclosed in single quotes, as in 'x', optionally preceded by one of the letters u, U, or L, as in u'y', U'z', or L'x', respectively. A character literal that does not begin with u, U, or L is an ordinary character literal, also referred to as a narrow-character literal. An ordinary character literal that contains a single c-char has type char, with value equal to the numerical value of the encoding of the c-char in the execution character set. An ordinary character literal that contains more than one c-char is a multicharacter literal. A multicharacter literal has type int and implementation-defined value.

A character literal that begins with the letter u, such as u'y', is a character literal of type char16_t. The value of a char16_t literal containing a single c-char is equal to its ISO 10646 code point value, provided that the code point is representable with a single 16-bit code unit. (That is, provided it is a basic multi-lingual plane code point.) If the value is not representable within 16 bits, the program is ill-formed. A char16_t literal containing multiple c-chars is ill-formed. A character literal that begins with the letter U, such as U'z', is a character literal of type char32_t. The value of a char32_t literal containing a single c-char is equal to its ISO 10646 code point value. A char32_t literal containing multiple c-chars is ill-formed. A character literal that begins with the letter L, such as L'x', is a wide-character literal. A wide-character literal has type wchar_t.23 The value of a wide-character literal containing a single c-char has value equal to the numerical value of the encoding of the c-char in the execution wide-character set, unless the c-char has no representation in the execution wide-character set, in which case the value is implementation-defined. [ Note: The type wchar_t is able to represent all members of the execution wide-character set (see [basic.fundamental]).  — end note ]. The value of a wide-character literal containing multiple c-chars is implementation-defined.

Certain nongraphic characters, the single quote ', the double quote ", the question mark ?,24 and the backslash \, can be represented according to Table [tab:escape.sequences]. The double quote " and the question mark ?, can be represented as themselves or by the escape sequences \" and \? respectively, but the single quote ' and the backslash \ shall be represented by the escape sequences \' and \\ respectively. Escape sequences in which the character following the backslash is not listed in Table [tab:escape.sequences] are conditionally-supported, with implementation-defined semantics. An escape sequence specifies a single character.

Table 7 — Escape sequences
new-line NL(LF) \n
horizontal tab HT \t
vertical tab VT \v
backspace BS \b
carriage return CR \r
form feed FF \f
alert BEL \a
backslash \ \\
question mark ? \?
single quote ' \'
double quote " \"
octal number ooo \ooo
hex number hhh \xhhh

The escape \ooo consists of the backslash followed by one, two, or three octal digits that are taken to specify the value of the desired character. The escape \xhhh consists of the backslash followed by x followed by one or more hexadecimal digits that are taken to specify the value of the desired character. There is no limit to the number of digits in a hexadecimal sequence. A sequence of octal or hexadecimal digits is terminated by the first character that is not an octal digit or a hexadecimal digit, respectively. The value of a character literal is implementation-defined if it falls outside of the implementation-defined range defined for char (for literals with no prefix), char16_t (for literals prefixed by 'u'), char32_t (for literals prefixed by 'U'), or wchar_t (for literals prefixed by 'L').

A universal-character-name is translated to the encoding, in the appropriate execution character set, of the character named. If there is no such encoding, the universal-character-name is translated to an implementation-defined encoding. [ Note: In translation phase 1, a universal-character-name is introduced whenever an actual extended character is encountered in the source text. Therefore, all extended characters are described in terms of universal-character-names. However, the actual compiler implementation may use its own native character set, so long as the same results are obtained.  — end note ]

They are intended for character sets where a character does not fit into a single byte.

Using an escape sequence for a question mark can avoid accidentally creating a trigraph.

2.14.4 Floating literals [lex.fcon]

floating-literal:
    fractional-constant exponent-partopt floating-suffixopt
    digit-sequence exponent-part floating-suffixopt
fractional-constant:
    digit-sequenceopt . digit-sequence
    digit-sequence .
exponent-part:
    e signopt digit-sequence
    E signopt digit-sequence
sign: one of
    +  -
digit-sequence:
    digit
    digit-sequence digit
floating-suffix: one of
    f  l  F  L

A floating literal consists of an integer part, a decimal point, a fraction part, an e or E, an optionally signed integer exponent, and an optional type suffix. The integer and fraction parts both consist of a sequence of decimal (base ten) digits. Either the integer part or the fraction part (not both) can be omitted; either the decimal point or the letter e (or E ) and the exponent (not both) can be omitted. The integer part, the optional decimal point and the optional fraction part form the significant part of the floating literal. The exponent, if present, indicates the power of 10 by which the significant part is to be scaled. If the scaled value is in the range of representable values for its type, the result is the scaled value if representable, else the larger or smaller representable value nearest the scaled value, chosen in an implementation-defined manner. The type of a floating literal is double unless explicitly specified by a suffix. The suffixes f and F specify float, the suffixes l and L specify long double. If the scaled value is not in the range of representable values for its type, the program is ill-formed.

2.14.5 String literals [lex.string]

string-literal:
    encoding-prefixopt " s-char-sequenceopt "
    encoding-prefixopt R raw-string
encoding-prefix:
  u8
  u
  U
  L
s-char-sequence:
    s-char
    s-char-sequence s-char
s-char:
	any member of the source character set except
		the double-quote ", backslash \, or new-line character
	escape-sequence
	universal-character-name
raw-string:
    " d-char-sequenceopt ( r-char-sequenceopt ) d-char-sequenceopt "
r-char-sequence:
    r-char
    r-char-sequence r-char
r-char:
	any member of the source character set, except
		a right parenthesis ) followed by the initial  d-char-sequence
		(which may be empty) followed by a double quote ".
d-char-sequence:
    d-char
    d-char-sequence d-char
d-char:
	any member of the basic source character set except:
		space, the left parenthesis (, the right parenthesis ), the backslash \,
		and the control characters representing horizontal tab,
		vertical tab, form feed, and newline.

A string literal is a sequence of characters (as defined in [lex.ccon]) surrounded by double quotes, optionally prefixed by R, u8, u8R, u, uR, U, UR, L, or LR, as in "...", R"(...)", u8"...", u8R"**(...)**", u"...", uR"*~(...)*~", U"...", UR"zzz(...)zzz", L"...", or LR"(...)", respectively.

A string literal that has an R in the prefix is a raw string literal. The d-char-sequence serves as a delimiter. The terminating d-char-sequence of a raw-string is the same sequence of characters as the initial d-char-sequence. A d-char-sequence shall consist of at most 16 characters.

Note: The characters '(' and ')' are permitted in a raw-string. Thus, R"delimiter((a|b))delimiter" is equivalent to "(a|b)".  — end note ]

Note: A source-file new-line in a raw string literal results in a new-line in the resulting execution string-literal. Assuming no whitespace at the beginning of lines in the following example, the assert will succeed:

const char *p = R"(a\
b
c)";
assert(std::strcmp(p, "a\\\nb\nc") == 0);

 — end note ]

Example: The raw string

R"a(
)\
a"
)a"

is equivalent to "\n)\\\na\"\n". The raw string

R"(??)"

is equivalent to "\?\?". The raw string

R"#(
)??="
)#"

is equivalent to "\n)\?\?=\"\n".  — end example ]

After translation phase 6, a string literal that does not begin with an encoding-prefix is an ordinary string literal, and is initialized with the given characters.

A string literal that begins with u8, such as u8"asdf", is a UTF-8 string literal and is initialized with the given characters as encoded in UTF-8.

Ordinary string literals and UTF-8 string literals are also referred to as narrow string literals. A narrow string literal has type “array of n const char”, where n is the size of the string as defined below, and has static storage duration ([basic.stc]).

A string literal that begins with u, such as u"asdf", is a char16_t string literal. A char16_t string literal has type “array of n const char16_t”, where n is the size of the string as defined below; it has static storage duration and is initialized with the given characters. A single c-char may produce more than one char16_t character in the form of surrogate pairs.

A string literal that begins with U, such as U"asdf", is a char32_t string literal. A char32_t string literal has type “array of n const char32_t”, where n is the size of the string as defined below; it has static storage duration and is initialized with the given characters.

A string literal that begins with L, such as L"asdf", is a wide string literal. A wide string literal has type “array of n const wchar_t”, where n is the size of the string as defined below; it has static storage duration and is initialized with the given characters.

Whether all string literals are distinct (that is, are stored in nonoverlapping objects) is implementation-defined. The effect of attempting to modify a string literal is undefined.

In translation phase 6 ([lex.phases]), adjacent string literals are concatenated. If both string literals have the same encoding-prefix, the resulting concatenated string literal has that encoding-prefix. If one string literal has no encoding-prefix, it is treated as a string literal of the same encoding-prefix as the other operand. If a UTF-8 string literal token is adjacent to a wide string literal token, the program is ill-formed. Any other concatenations are conditionally supported with implementation-defined behavior. [ Note: This concatenation is an interpretation, not a conversion. Because the interpretation happens in translation phase 6 (after each character from a literal has been translated into a value from the appropriate character set), a string literal's initial rawness has no effect on the interpretation or well-formedness of the concatenation.  — end note ] Table [tab:lex.string.concat] has some examples of valid concatenations.

Table 8 — String literal concatenations
Source Means Source Means Source Means
u"a" u"b" u"ab" U"a" U"b" U"ab" L"a" L"b" L"ab"
u"a" "b" u"ab" U"a" "b" U"ab" L"a" "b" L"ab"
"a" u"b" u"ab" "a" U"b" U"ab" "a" L"b" L"ab"

Characters in concatenated strings are kept distinct.

Example:

"\xA" "B"

contains the two characters '\xA' and 'B' after concatenation (and not the single hexadecimal character '\xAB').  — end example ]

After any necessary concatenation, in translation phase 7 ([lex.phases]), '\0' is appended to every string literal so that programs that scan a string can find its end.

Escape sequences and universal-character-names in non-raw string literals have the same meaning as in character literals ([lex.ccon]), except that the single quote ' is representable either by itself or by the escape sequence \', and the double quote " shall be preceded by a \. In a narrow string literal, a universal-character-name may map to more than one char element due to multibyte encoding. The size of a char32_t or wide string literal is the total number of escape sequences, universal-character-names, and other characters, plus one for the terminating U'\0' or L'\0'. The size of a char16_t string literal is the total number of escape sequences, universal-character-names, and other characters, plus one for each character requiring a surrogate pair, plus one for the terminating u'\0'. [ Note: The size of a char16_t string literal is the number of code units, not the number of characters.  — end note ] Within char32_t and char16_t literals, any universal-character-names shall be within the range 0x0 to 0x10FFFF. The size of a narrow string literal is the total number of escape sequences and other characters, plus at least one for the multibyte encoding of each universal-character-name, plus one for the terminating '\0'.

2.14.6 Boolean literals [lex.bool]

boolean-literal:
    false
    true

The Boolean literals are the keywords false and true. Such literals are prvalues and have type bool.

2.14.7 Pointer literals [lex.nullptr]

pointer-literal:
    nullptr

The pointer literal is the keyword nullptr. It is a prvalue of type std::nullptr_t. [ Note: std::nullptr_t is a distinct type that is neither a pointer type nor a pointer to member type; rather, a prvalue of this type is a null pointer constant and can be converted to a null pointer value or null member pointer value. See [conv.ptr] and [conv.mem].  — end note ]

2.14.8 User-defined literals [lex.ext]

user-defined-literal:
    user-defined-integer-literal
    user-defined-floating-literal
    user-defined-string-literal
    user-defined-character-literal
user-defined-integer-literal:
    decimal-literal ud-suffix
    octal-literal ud-suffix
    hexadecimal-literal ud-suffix
user-defined-floating-literal:
    fractional-constant exponent-partopt ud-suffix
    digit-sequence exponent-part ud-suffix
user-defined-string-literal:
    string-literal ud-suffix
user-defined-character-literal:
    character-literal ud-suffix
ud-suffix:
    identifier

If a token matches both user-defined-literal and another literal kind, it is treated as the latter. [ Example: 123_km is a user-defined-literal, but 12LL is an integer-literal.  — end example ] The syntactic non-terminal preceding the ud-suffix in a user-defined-literal is taken to be the longest sequence of characters that could match that non-terminal.

A user-defined-literal is treated as a call to a literal operator or literal operator template ([over.literal]). To determine the form of this call for a given user-defined-literal L with ud-suffix X, the literal-operator-id whose literal suffix identifier is X is looked up in the context of L using the rules for unqualified name lookup ([basic.lookup.unqual]). Let S be the set of declarations found by this lookup. S shall not be empty.

If L is a user-defined-integer-literal, let n be the literal without its ud-suffix. If S contains a literal operator with parameter type unsigned long long, the literal L is treated as a call of the form

operator "" X(nULL)

Otherwise, S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal operator template ([over.literal]) but not both. If S contains a raw literal operator, the literal L is treated as a call of the form

operator "" X("n")

Otherwise (S contains a literal operator template), L is treated as a call of the form

operator "" X<'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()

where n is the source character sequence c1c2...ck. [ Note: The sequence c1c2...ck can only contain characters from the basic source character set.  — end note ]

If L is a user-defined-floating-literal, let f be the literal without its ud-suffix. If S contains a literal operator with parameter type long double, the literal L is treated as a call of the form

operator "" X(fL)

Otherwise, S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal operator template ([over.literal]) but not both. If S contains a raw literal operator, the literal L is treated as a call of the form

operator "" X("f")

Otherwise (S contains a literal operator template), L is treated as a call of the form

operator "" X<'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()

where f is the source character sequence c1c2...ck. [ Note: The sequence c1c2...ck can only contain characters from the basic source character set.  — end note ]

If L is a user-defined-string-literal, let str be the literal without its ud-suffix and let len be the number of code units in str (i.e., its length excluding the terminating null character). The literal L is treated as a call of the form

operator "" X(str, len)

If L is a user-defined-character-literal, let ch be the literal without its ud-suffix. S shall contain a literal operator ([over.literal]) whose only parameter has the type of ch and the literal L is treated as a call of the form

operator "" X(ch)

Example:

long double operator "" _w(long double);
std::string operator "" _w(const char16_t*, size_t);
unsigned operator "" _w(const char*);
int main() {
  1.2_w;      // calls operator "" _w(1.2L)
  u"one"_w;   // calls operator "" _w(u"one", 3)
  12_w;       // calls operator "" _w("12")
  "two"_w;    // error: no applicable literal operator
}

 — end example ]

In translation phase 6 ([lex.phases]), adjacent string literals are concatenated and user-defined-string-literals are considered string literals for that purpose. During concatenation, ud-suffixes are removed and ignored and the concatenation process occurs as described in [lex.string]. At the end of phase 6, if a string literal is the result of a concatenation involving at least one user-defined-string-literal, all the participating user-defined-string-literals shall have the same ud-suffix and that suffix is applied to the result of the concatenation.

Example:

int main() {
  L"A" "B" "C"_x; // OK: same as L"ABC"_x
  "P"_x "Q" "R"_y;// error: two different ud-suffixes
}

 — end example ]

Some identifiers appearing as ud-suffixes are reserved for future standardization ([usrlit.suffix]). A program containing such a ud-suffix is ill-formed, no diagnostic required.

3 Basic concepts [basic]

Note: This Clause presents the basic concepts of the C++ language. It explains the difference between an object and a name and how they relate to the value categories for expressions. It introduces the concepts of a declaration and a definition and presents C++'s notion of type, scope, linkage, and storage duration. The mechanisms for starting and terminating a program are discussed. Finally, this Clause presents the fundamental types of the language and lists the ways of constructing compound types from these. — end note ]

Note: This Clause does not cover concepts that affect only a single part of the language. Such concepts are discussed in the relevant Clauses.  — end note ]

An entity is a value, object, reference, function, enumerator, type, class member, template, template specialization, namespace, parameter pack, or this.

Every name that denotes an entity is introduced by a declaration. Every name that denotes a label is introduced either by a goto statement ([stmt.goto]) or a labeled-statement ([stmt.label]).

A variable is introduced by the declaration of a reference other than a non-static data member or of an object. The variable's name denotes the reference or object.

Some names denote types or templates. In general, whenever a name is encountered it is necessary to determine whether that name denotes one of these entities before continuing to parse the program that contains it. The process that determines this is called name lookup ([basic.lookup]).

Two names are the same if

A name used in more than one translation unit can potentially refer to the same entity in these translation units depending on the linkage ([basic.link]) of the name specified in each translation unit.

3.1 Declarations and definitions [basic.def]

A declaration (Clause [dcl.dcl]) may introduce one or more names into a translation unit or redeclare names introduced by previous declarations. If so, the declaration specifies the interpretation and attributes of these names. A declaration may also have effects including:

A declaration is a definition unless it declares a function without specifying the function's body ([dcl.fct.def]), it contains the extern specifier ([dcl.stc]) or a linkage-specification25 ([dcl.link]) and neither an initializer nor a function-body, it declares a static data member in a class definition ([class.mem], [class.static]), it is a class name declaration ([class.name]), it is an opaque-enum-declaration ([dcl.enum]), it is a template-parameter ([temp.param]), it is a parameter-declaration ([dcl.fct]) in a function declarator that is not the declarator of a function-definition, or it is a typedef declaration ([dcl.typedef]), an alias-declaration ([dcl.typedef]), a using-declaration ([namespace.udecl]), a static_assert-declaration (Clause [dcl.dcl]), an attribute-declaration (Clause [dcl.dcl]), an empty-declaration (Clause [dcl.dcl]), or a using-directive ([namespace.udir]).

Example: all but one of the following are definitions:

int a;                          // defines a
extern const int c = 1;         // defines c
int f(int x) { return x+a; }    // defines f and defines x
struct S { int a; int b; };     // defines S, S::a, and S::b
struct X {                      // defines X
  int x;                        // defines non-static data member x
  static int y;                 // declares static data member y
  X(): x(0) { }                 // defines a constructor of X
};
int X::y = 1;                   // defines X::y
enum { up, down };              // defines up and down
namespace N { int d; }          // defines N and N::d
namespace N1 = N;               // defines N1
X anX;                          // defines anX

whereas these are just declarations:

extern int a;                   // declares a
extern const int c;             // declares c
int f(int);                     // declares f
struct S;                       // declares S
typedef int Int;                // declares Int
extern X anotherX;              // declares anotherX
using N::d;                     // declares d

 — end example ]

Note: In some circumstances, C++ implementations implicitly define the default constructor ([class.ctor]), copy constructor ([class.copy]), move constructor ([class.copy]), copy assignment operator ([class.copy]), move assignment operator ([class.copy]), or destructor ([class.dtor]) member functions.  — end note ] [ Example: given

#include <string>

struct C {
  std::string s;              // std::string is the standard library class (Clause [strings])
};

int main() {
  C a;
  C b = a;
  b = a;
}

the implementation will implicitly define functions to make the definition of C equivalent to

struct C {
  std::string s;
  C() : s() { }
  C(const C& x): s(x.s) { }
  C(C&& x): s(static_cast<std::string&&>(x.s)) { }
    // : s(std::move(x.s)) { }
  C& operator=(const C& x) { s = x.s; return *this; }
  C& operator=(C&& x) { s = static_cast<std::string&&>(x.s); return *this; }
    // { s = std::move(x.s); return *this; }
  ~C() { }
};

 — end example ]

Note: A class name can also be implicitly declared by an elaborated-type-specifier ([dcl.type.elab]).  — end note ]

A program is ill-formed if the definition of any object gives the object an incomplete type ([basic.types]).

Appearing inside the braced-enclosed declaration-seq in a linkage-specification does not affect whether a declaration is a definition.

3.2 One definition rule [basic.def.odr]

No translation unit shall contain more than one definition of any variable, function, class type, enumeration type, or template.

An expression is potentially evaluated unless it is an unevaluated operand (Clause [expr]) or a subexpression thereof. A variable whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is odr-used unless it is an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a constant expression ([expr.const]) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion ([conv.lval]) is immediately applied. this is odr-used if it appears as a potentially-evaluated expression (including as the result of the implicit transformation in the body of a non-static member function ([class.mfct.non-static])). A virtual member function is odr-used if it is not pure. A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its name is not explicitly qualified. [ Note: This covers calls to named functions ([expr.call]), operator overloading (Clause [over]), user-defined conversions ([class.conv.fct]), allocation function for placement new ([expr.new]), as well as non-default initialization ([dcl.init]). A copy constructor or move constructor is odr-used even if the call is actually elided by the implementation.  — end note ] An allocation or deallocation function for a class is odr-used by a new expression appearing in a potentially-evaluated expression as specified in [expr.new] and [class.free]. A deallocation function for a class is odr-used by a delete expression appearing in a potentially-evaluated expression as specified in [expr.delete] and [class.free]. A non-placement allocation or deallocation function for a class is odr-used by the definition of a constructor of that class. A non-placement deallocation function for a class is odr-used by the definition of the destructor of that class, or by being selected by the lookup at the point of definition of a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]).26 A copy-assignment function for a class is odr-used by an implicitly-defined copy-assignment function for another class as specified in [class.copy]. A move-assignment function for a class is odr-used by an implicitly-defined move-assignment function for another class as specified in [class.copy]. A default constructor for a class is odr-used by default initialization or value initialization as specified in [dcl.init]. A constructor for a class is odr-used as specified in [dcl.init]. A destructor for a class is odr-used as specified in [class.dtor].

Every program shall contain exactly one definition of every non-inline function or variable that is odr-used in that program; no diagnostic required. The definition can appear explicitly in the program, it can be found in the standard or a user-defined library, or (when appropriate) it is implicitly defined (see [class.ctor], [class.dtor] and [class.copy]). An inline function shall be defined in every translation unit in which it is odr-used.

Exactly one definition of a class is required in a translation unit if the class is used in a way that requires the class type to be complete. [ Example: the following complete translation unit is well-formed, even though it never defines X:

struct X;                       // declare X as a struct type
struct X* x1;                   // use X in pointer formation
X* x2;                          // use X in pointer formation

 — end example ] [ Note: The rules for declarations and expressions describe in which contexts complete class types are required. A class type T must be complete if:

 — end note ]

There can be more than one definition of a class type (Clause [class]), enumeration type ([dcl.enum]), inline function with external linkage ([dcl.fct.spec]), class template (Clause [temp]), non-static function template ([temp.fct]), static data member of a class template ([temp.static]), member function of a class template ([temp.mem.func]), or template specialization for which some template parameters are not specified ([temp.spec], [temp.class.spec]) in a program provided that each definition appears in a different translation unit, and provided the definitions satisfy the following requirements. Given such an entity named D defined in more than one translation unit, then

  • each definition of D shall consist of the same sequence of tokens; and

  • in each definition of D, corresponding names, looked up according to [basic.lookup], shall refer to an entity defined within the definition of D, or shall refer to the same entity, after overload resolution ([over.match]) and after matching of partial template specialization ([temp.over]), except that a name can refer to a const object with internal or no linkage if the object has the same literal type in all definitions of D, and the object is initialized with a constant expression ([expr.const]), and the value (but not the address) of the object is used, and the object has the same value in all definitions of D; and

  • in each definition of D, corresponding entities shall have the same language linkage; and

  • in each definition of D, the overloaded operators referred to, the implicit calls to conversion functions, constructors, operator new functions and operator delete functions, shall refer to the same function, or to a function defined within the definition of D; and

  • in each definition of D, a default argument used by an (implicit or explicit) function call is treated as if its token sequence were present in the definition of D; that is, the default argument is subject to the three requirements described above (and, if the default argument has sub-expressions with default arguments, this requirement applies recursively).27

  • if D is a class with an implicitly-declared constructor ([class.ctor]), it is as if the constructor was implicitly defined in every translation unit where it is odr-used, and the implicit definition in every translation unit shall call the same constructor for a base class or a class member of D. [ Example:

    //translation unit 1:
    struct X {
      X(int);
      X(int, int);
    };
    X::X(int = 0) { }
    class D: public X { };
    D d2;                           // X(int) called by D()
    
    //translation unit 2:
    struct X {
      X(int);
      X(int, int);
    };
    X::X(int = 0, int = 0) { }
    class D: public X { };          // X(int, int) called by D();
                                    // D()'s implicit definition
                                    // violates the ODR
    

     — end example ]

If D is a template and is defined in more than one translation unit, then the preceding requirements shall apply both to names from the template's enclosing scope used in the template definition ([temp.nondep]), and also to dependent names at the point of instantiation ([temp.dep]). If the definitions of D satisfy all these requirements, then the program shall behave as if there were a single definition of D. If the definitions of D do not satisfy these requirements, then the behavior is undefined.

An implementation is not required to call allocation and deallocation functions from constructors or destructors; however, this is a permissible implementation technique.

[dcl.fct.default] describes how default argument names are looked up.

3.3 Scope [basic.scope]

3.3.1 Declarative regions and scopes [basic.scope.declarative]

Every name is introduced in some portion of program text called a declarative region, which is the largest part of the program in which that name is valid, that is, in which that name may be used as an unqualified name to refer to the same entity. In general, each particular name is valid only within some possibly discontiguous portion of program text called its scope. To determine the scope of a declaration, it is sometimes convenient to refer to the potential scope of a declaration. The scope of a declaration is the same as its potential scope unless the potential scope contains another declaration of the same name. In that case, the potential scope of the declaration in the inner (contained) declarative region is excluded from the scope of the declaration in the outer (containing) declarative region.

Example: in

int j = 24;
int main() {
  int i = j, j;
  j = 42;
}

the identifier j is declared twice as a name (and used twice). The declarative region of the first j includes the entire example. The potential scope of the first j begins immediately after that j and extends to the end of the program, but its (actual) scope excludes the text between the , and the }. The declarative region of the second declaration of j (the j immediately before the semicolon) includes all the text between { and }, but its potential scope excludes the declaration of i. The scope of the second declaration of j is the same as its potential scope.  — end example ]

The names declared by a declaration are introduced into the scope in which the declaration occurs, except that the presence of a friend specifier ([class.friend]), certain uses of the elaborated-type-specifier ([dcl.type.elab]), and using-directives ([namespace.udir]) alter this general behavior.

Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of which specifies the same unqualified name,

  • they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions and function templates; or

  • exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden ([basic.scope.hiding]). [ Note: A namespace name or a class template name must be unique in its declarative region ([namespace.alias], Clause [temp]).  — end note ]

Note: These restrictions apply to the declarative region into which a name is introduced, which is not necessarily the same as the region in which the declaration occurs. In particular, elaborated-type-specifiers ([dcl.type.elab]) and friend declarations ([class.friend]) may introduce a (possibly not visible) name into an enclosing namespace; these restrictions apply to that region. Local extern declarations ([basic.link]) may introduce a name into the declarative region where the declaration appears and also introduce a (possibly not visible) name into an enclosing namespace; these restrictions apply to both regions.  — end note ]

Note: The name lookup rules are summarized in [basic.lookup].  — end note ]

3.3.2 Point of declaration [basic.scope.pdecl]

The point of declaration for a name is immediately after its complete declarator (Clause [dcl.decl]) and before its initializer (if any), except as noted below. [ Example:

int x = 12;{ int x = x; }

Here the second x is initialized with its own (indeterminate) value.  — end example ]

Note: a name from an outer scope remains visible up to the point of declaration of the name that hides it.[ Example:

const int  i = 2;{ int  i[i]; }

declares a block-scope array of two integers.  — end example ]  — end note ]

The point of declaration for a class or class template first declared by a class-specifier is immediately after the identifier or simple-template-id (if any) in its class-head (Clause [class]). The point of declaration for an enumeration is immediately after the identifier (if any) in either its enum-specifier ([dcl.enum]) or its first opaque-enum-declaration ([dcl.enum]), whichever comes first. The point of declaration of an alias or alias template immediately follows the type-id to which the alias refers.

The point of declaration for an enumerator is immediately after its enumerator-definition.[ Example:

const int x = 12;{ enum { x = x }; }

Here, the enumerator x is initialized with the value of the constant x, namely 12.  — end example ]

After the point of declaration of a class member, the member name can be looked up in the scope of its class. [ Note: this is true even if the class is an incomplete class. For example,

struct X {
  enum E { z = 16 };
  int b[X::z];      // OK
};

 — end note ]

The point of declaration of a class first declared in an elaborated-type-specifier is as follows:

The point of declaration for an injected-class-name (Clause [class]) is immediately following the opening brace of the class definition.

The point of declaration for a function-local predefined variable ([dcl.fct.def]) is immediately before the function-body of a function definition.

The point of declaration for a template parameter is immediately after its complete template-parameter. [ Example:

typedef unsigned char T;
template<class T
  = T     // lookup finds the typedef name of unsigned char
  , T     // lookup finds the template parameter
    N = 0> struct A { };

 — end example ]

Note: Friend declarations refer to functions or classes that are members of the nearest enclosing namespace, but they do not introduce new names into that namespace ([namespace.memdef]). Function declarations at block scope and variable declarations with the extern specifier at block scope refer to declarations that are members of an enclosing namespace, but they do not introduce new names into that scope.  — end note ]

Note: For point of instantiation of a template, see [temp.point]. — end note ]

3.3.3 Block scope [basic.scope.local]

A name declared in a block ([stmt.block]) is local to that block; it has block scope. Its potential scope begins at its point of declaration ([basic.scope.pdecl]) and ends at the end of its block. A variable declared at block scope is a local variable.

The potential scope of a function parameter name (including one appearing in a lambda-declarator) or of a function-local predefined variable in a function definition ([dcl.fct.def]) begins at its point of declaration. If the function has a function-try-block the potential scope of a parameter or of a function-local predefined variable ends at the end of the last associated handler, otherwise it ends at the end of the outermost block of the function definition. A parameter name shall not be redeclared in the outermost block of the function definition nor in the outermost block of any handler associated with a function-try-block.

The name declared in an exception-declaration is local to the handler and shall not be redeclared in the outermost block of the handler.

Names declared in the for-init-statement, the for-range-declaration, and in the condition of if, while, for, and switch statements are local to the if, while, for, or switch statement (including the controlled statement), and shall not be redeclared in a subsequent condition of that statement nor in the outermost block (or, for the if statement, any of the outermost blocks) of the controlled statement; see [stmt.select].

3.3.4 Function prototype scope [basic.scope.proto]

In a function declaration, or in any function declarator except the declarator of a function definition ([dcl.fct.def]), names of parameters (if supplied) have function prototype scope, which terminates at the end of the nearest enclosing function declarator.

3.3.5 Function scope [basic.funscope]

Labels ([stmt.label]) have function scope and may be used anywhere in the function in which they are declared. Only labels have function scope.

3.3.6 Namespace scope [basic.scope.namespace]

The declarative region of a namespace-definition is its namespace-body. The potential scope denoted by an original-namespace-name is the concatenation of the declarative regions established by each of the namespace-definitions in the same declarative region with that original-namespace-name. Entities declared in a namespace-body are said to be members of the namespace, and names introduced by these declarations into the declarative region of the namespace are said to be member names of the namespace. A namespace member name has namespace scope. Its potential scope includes its namespace from the name's point of declaration ([basic.scope.pdecl]) onwards; and for each using-directive ([namespace.udir]) that nominates the member's namespace, the member's potential scope includes that portion of the potential scope of the using-directive that follows the member's point of declaration. [ Example:

namespace N {
  int i;
  int g(int a) { return a; }
  int j();
  void q();
}
namespace { int l=1; }
// the potential scope of l is from its point of declaration
// to the end of the translation unit

namespace N {
  int g(char a) {   // overloads N::g(int)
    return l+a;     // l is from unnamed namespace
  }

  int i;            // error: duplicate definition
  int j();          // OK: duplicate function declaration

  int j() {         // OK: definition of N::j()
    return g(i);    // calls N::g(int)
  }
  int q();          // error: different return type
}

 — end example ]

A namespace member can also be referred to after the :: scope resolution operator ([expr.prim]) applied to the name of its namespace or the name of a namespace which nominates the member's namespace in a using-directive; see [namespace.qual].

The outermost declarative region of a translation unit is also a namespace, called the global namespace. A name declared in the global namespace has global namespace scope (also called global scope). The potential scope of such a name begins at its point of declaration ([basic.scope.pdecl]) and ends at the end of the translation unit that is its declarative region. Names with global namespace scope are said to be global name.

3.3.7 Class scope [basic.scope.class]

The following rules describe the scope of names declared in classes.

  1. The potential scope of a name declared in a class consists not only of the declarative region following the name's point of declaration, but also of all function bodies, brace-or-equal-initializers of non-static data members, and default arguments in that class (including such things in nested classes).

  2. A name N used in a class S shall refer to the same declaration in its context and when re-evaluated in the completed scope of S. No diagnostic is required for a violation of this rule.

  3. If reordering member declarations in a class yields an alternate valid program under (1) and (2), the program is ill-formed, no diagnostic is required.

  4. A name declared within a member function hides a declaration of the same name whose scope extends to or past the end of the member function's class.

  5. The potential scope of a declaration that extends to or past the end of a class definition also extends to the regions defined by its member definitions, even if the members are defined lexically outside the class (this includes static data member definitions, nested class definitions, member function definitions (including the member function body and any portion of the declarator part of such definitions which follows the declarator-id, including a parameter-declaration-clause and any default arguments ([dcl.fct.default]).[ Example:

    typedef int  c;
    enum { i = 1 };
    
    class X {
      char  v[i];                       // error: i refers to ::i
                                        // but when reevaluated is X::i
      int  f() { return sizeof(c); }    //  OK: X::c
      char  c;
      enum { i = 2 };
    };
    
    typedef char*  T;
    struct Y {
      T  a;                             // error: T refers to ::T
                                        // but when reevaluated is Y::T
      typedef long  T;
      T  b;
    };
    
    typedef int I;
    class D {
      typedef I I;                      // error, even though no reordering involved
    };
    

     — end example ]

The name of a class member shall only be used as follows:

  • in the scope of its class (as described above) or a class derived (Clause [class.derived]) from its class,

  • after the . operator applied to an expression of the type of its class ([expr.ref]) or a class derived from its class,

  • after the -> operator applied to a pointer to an object of its class ([expr.ref]) or a class derived from its class,

  • after the :: scope resolution operator ([expr.prim]) applied to the name of its class or a class derived from its class.

3.3.8 Enumeration scope [basic.scope.enum]

The name of a scoped enumerator ([dcl.enum]) has enumeration scope. Its potential scope begins at its point of declaration and terminates at the end of the enum-specifier.

3.3.9 Template parameter scope [basic.scope.temp]

The declarative region of the name of a template parameter of a template template-parameter is the smallest template-parameter-list in which the name was introduced.

The declarative region of the name of a template parameter of a template is the smallest template-declaration in which the name was introduced. Only template parameter names belong to this declarative region; any other kind of name introduced by the declaration of a template-declaration is instead introduced into the same declarative region where it would be introduced as a result of a non-template declaration of the same name. [ Example:

namespace N {
  template<class T> struct A { };               // #1
  template<class U> void f(U) { }               // #2
  struct B {
    template<class V> friend int g(struct C*);  // #3
  };
}

The declarative regions of T, U and V are the template-declarations on lines #1, #2 and #3, respectively. But the names A, f, g and C all belong to the same declarative region — namely, the namespace-body of N. (g is still considered to belong to this declarative region in spite of its being hidden during qualified and unqualified name lookup.)  — end example ]

The potential scope of a template parameter name begins at its point of declaration ([basic.scope.pdecl]) and ends at the end of its declarative region. [ Note: This implies that a template-parameter can be used in the declaration of subsequent template-parameters and their default arguments but cannot be used in preceding template-parameters or their default arguments. For example,

template<class T, T* p, class U = T> class X { /* ... */ };
template<class T> void f(T* p = new T);

This also implies that a template-parameter can be used in the specification of base classes. For example,

template<class T> class X : public Array<T> { /* ... */ };
template<class T> class Y : public T { /* ... */ };

The use of a template parameter as a base class implies that a class used as a template argument must be defined and not just declared when the class template is instantiated.  — end note ]

The declarative region of the name of a template parameter is nested within the immediately-enclosing declarative region. [ Note: As a result, a template-parameter hides any entity with the same name in an enclosing scope ([basic.scope.hiding]). [ Example:

typedef int N;
template<N X, typename N, template<N Y> class T> struct A;

Here, X is a non-type template parameter of type int and Y is a non-type template parameter of the same type as the second template parameter of A.  — end example ] — end note ]

Note: Because the name of a template parameter cannot be redeclared within its potential scope ([temp.local]), a template parameter's scope is often its potential scope. However, it is still possible for a template parameter name to be hidden; see [temp.local].  — end note ]

3.3.10 Name hiding [basic.scope.hiding]

A name can be hidden by an explicit declaration of that same name in a nested declarative region or derived class ([class.member.lookup]).

A class name ([class.name]) or enumeration name ([dcl.enum]) can be hidden by the name of a variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same scope. If a class or enumeration name and a variable, data member, function, or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order) with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden wherever the variable, data member, function, or enumerator name is visible.

In a member function definition, the declaration of a name at block scope hides the declaration of a member of the class with the same name; see [basic.scope.class]. The declaration of a member in a derived class (Clause [class.derived]) hides the declaration of a member of a base class of the same name; see [class.member.lookup].

During the lookup of a name qualified by a namespace name, declarations that would otherwise be made visible by a using-directive can be hidden by declarations with the same name in the namespace containing the using-directive; see ([namespace.qual]).

If a name is in scope and is not hidden it is said to be visible.

3.4 Name lookup [basic.lookup]

The name lookup rules apply uniformly to all names (including typedef-names ([dcl.typedef]), namespace-names ([basic.namespace]), and class-names ([class.name])) wherever the grammar allows such names in the context discussed by a particular rule. Name lookup associates the use of a name with a declaration ([basic.def]) of that name. Name lookup shall find an unambiguous declaration for the name (see [class.member.lookup]). Name lookup may associate more than one declaration with a name if it finds the name to be a function name; the declarations are said to form a set of overloaded functions ([over.load]). Overload resolution ([over.match]) takes place after name lookup has succeeded. The access rules (Clause [class.access]) are considered only once name lookup and function overload resolution (if applicable) have succeeded. Only after name lookup, function overload resolution (if applicable) and access checking have succeeded are the attributes introduced by the name's declaration used further in expression processing (Clause [expr]).

A name “looked up in the context of an expression” is looked up as an unqualified name in the scope where the expression is found.

The injected-class-name of a class (Clause [class]) is also considered to be a member of that class for the purposes of name hiding and lookup.

Note: [basic.link] discusses linkage issues. The notions of scope, point of declaration and name hiding are discussed in [basic.scope].  — end note ]

3.4.1 Unqualified name lookup [basic.lookup.unqual]

In all the cases listed in [basic.lookup.unqual], the scopes are searched for a declaration in the order listed in each of the respective categories; name lookup ends as soon as a declaration is found for the name. If no declaration is found, the program is ill-formed.

The declarations from the namespace nominated by a using-directive become visible in a namespace enclosing the using-directive; see [namespace.udir]. For the purpose of the unqualified name lookup rules described in [basic.lookup.unqual], the declarations from the namespace nominated by the using-directive are considered members of that enclosing namespace.

The lookup for an unqualified name used as the postfix-expression of a function call is described in [basic.lookup.argdep]. [ Note: For purposes of determining (during parsing) whether an expression is a postfix-expression for a function call, the usual name lookup rules apply. The rules in [basic.lookup.argdep] have no effect on the syntactic interpretation of an expression. For example,

typedef int f;
namespace N {
  struct A {
    friend void f(A &);
    operator int();
    void g(A a) {
      int i = f(a);         // f is the typedef, not the friend
                            // function: equivalent to int(a)
    }
  };
}

Because the expression is not a function call, the argument-dependent name lookup ([basic.lookup.argdep]) does not apply and the friend function f is not found.  — end note ]

A name used in global scope, outside of any function, class or user-declared namespace, shall be declared before its use in global scope.

A name used in a user-declared namespace outside of the definition of any function or class shall be declared before its use in that namespace or before its use in a namespace enclosing its namespace.

A name used in the definition of a function following the function's declarator-id28 that is a member of namespace N (where, only for the purpose of exposition, N could represent the global scope) shall be declared before its use in the block in which it is used or in one of its enclosing blocks ([stmt.block]) or, shall be declared before its use in namespace N or, if N is a nested namespace, shall be declared before its use in one of N's enclosing namespaces. [ Example:

namespace A {
  namespace N {
    void f();
  }
}
void A::N::f() {
  i = 5;
  // The following scopes are searched for a declaration of i:
  // 1) outermost block scope of A::N::f, before the use of i
  // 2) scope of namespace N
  // 3) scope of namespace A
  // 4) global scope, before the definition of A::N::f
}

 — end example ]

A name used in the definition of a class X outside of a member function body or nested class definition29 shall be declared in one of the following ways:

  • before its use in class X or be a member of a base class of X ([class.member.lookup]), or

  • if X is a nested class of class Y ([class.nest]), before the definition of X in Y, or shall be a member of a base class of Y (this lookup applies in turn to Y 's enclosing classes, starting with the innermost enclosing class),30 or

  • if X is a local class ([class.local]) or is a nested class of a local class, before the definition of class X in a block enclosing the definition of class X, or

  • if X is a member of namespace N, or is a nested class of a class that is a member of N, or is a local class or a nested class within a local class of a function that is a member of N, before the definition of class X in namespace N or in one of N 's enclosing namespaces.

Example:

namespace M {
  class B { };
}

namespace N {
  class Y : public M::B {
    class X {
      int a[i];
    };
  };
}

// The following scopes are searched for a declaration of i:
// 1) scope of class N::Y::X, before the use of i
// 2) scope of class N::Y, before the definition of N::Y::X
// 3) scope of N::Y's base class M::B
// 4) scope of namespace N, before the definition of N::Y
// 5) global scope, before the definition of N

 — end example ] [ Note: When looking for a prior declaration of a class or function introduced by a friend declaration, scopes outside of the innermost enclosing namespace scope are not considered; see [namespace.memdef].  — end note ] [ Note: [basic.scope.class] further describes the restrictions on the use of names in a class definition. [class.nest] further describes the restrictions on the use of names in nested class definitions. [class.local] further describes the restrictions on the use of names in local class definitions.  — end note ]

A name used in the definition of a member function ([class.mfct]) of class X following the function's declarator-id31 or in the brace-or-equal-initializer of a non-static data member ([class.mem]) of class X shall be declared in one of the following ways:

  • before its use in the block in which it is used or in an enclosing block ([stmt.block]), or

  • shall be a member of class X or be a member of a base class of X ([class.member.lookup]), or

  • if X is a nested class of class Y ([class.nest]), shall be a member of Y, or shall be a member of a base class of Y (this lookup applies in turn to Y's enclosing classes, starting with the innermost enclosing class),32 or

  • if X is a local class ([class.local]) or is a nested class of a local class, before the definition of class X in a block enclosing the definition of class X, or

  • if X is a member of namespace N, or is a nested class of a class that is a member of N, or is a local class or a nested class within a local class of a function that is a member of N, before the use of the name, in namespace N or in one of N 's enclosing namespaces.

Example:

class B { };
namespace M {
  namespace N {
    class X : public B {
      void f();
    };
  }
}
void M::N::X::f() {
  i = 16;
}

// The following scopes are searched for a declaration of i:
// 1) outermost block scope of M::N::X::f, before the use of i
// 2) scope of class M::N::X
// 3) scope of M::N::X's base class B
// 4) scope of namespace M::N
// 5) scope of namespace M
// 6) global scope, before the definition of M::N::X::f

 — end example ] [ Note: [class.mfct] and [class.static] further describe the restrictions on the use of names in member function definitions. [class.nest] further describes the restrictions on the use of names in the scope of nested classes. [class.local] further describes the restrictions on the use of names in local class definitions.  — end note ]

Name lookup for a name used in the definition of a friend function ([class.friend]) defined inline in the class granting friendship shall proceed as described for lookup in member function definitions. If the friend function is not defined in the class granting friendship, name lookup in the friend function definition shall proceed as described for lookup in namespace member function definitions.

In a friend declaration naming a member function, a name used in the function declarator and not part of a template-argument in the declarator-id is first looked up in the scope of the member function's class ([class.member.lookup]). If it is not found, or if the name is part of a template-argument in the declarator-id, the look up is as described for unqualified names in the definition of the class granting friendship. [ Example:

struct A {
  typedef int AT;
  void f1(AT);
  void f2(float);
  template <class T> void f3();
};
struct B {
  typedef char AT;
  typedef float BT;
  friend void A::f1(AT);      // parameter type is A::AT
  friend void A::f2(BT);      // parameter type is B::BT
  friend void A::f3<AT>();    // template argument is B::AT
};

 — end example ]

During the lookup for a name used as a default argument ([dcl.fct.default]) in a function parameter-declaration-clause or used in the expression of a mem-initializer for a constructor ([class.base.init]), the function parameter names are visible and hide the names of entities declared in the block, class or namespace scopes containing the function declaration. [ Note: [dcl.fct.default] further describes the restrictions on the use of names in default arguments. [class.base.init] further describes the restrictions on the use of names in a ctor-initializer.  — end note ]

During the lookup of a name used in the constant-expression of an enumerator-definition, previously declared enumerators of the enumeration are visible and hide the names of entities declared in the block, class, or namespace scopes containing the enum-specifier.

A name used in the definition of a static data member of class X ([class.static.data]) (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as if the name was used in a member function of X. [ Note: [class.static.data] further describes the restrictions on the use of names in the definition of a static data member.  — end note ]

If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the scope of its namespace then any name that appears in the definition of the member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as if the definition of the member occurred in its namespace. [ Example:

namespace N {
  int i = 4;
  extern int j;
}

int i = 2;

int N::j = i;                   // N::j == 4

 — end example ]

A name used in the handler for a function-try-block (Clause [except]) is looked up as if the name was used in the outermost block of the function definition. In particular, the function parameter names shall not be redeclared in the exception-declaration nor in the outermost block of a handler for the function-try-block. Names declared in the outermost block of the function definition are not found when looked up in the scope of a handler for the function-try-block. [ Note: But function parameter names are found.  — end note ]

Note: The rules for name lookup in template definitions are described in [temp.res].  — end note ]

This refers to unqualified names that occur, for instance, in a type or default argument in the parameter-declaration-clause or used in the function body.

This refers to unqualified names following the class name; such a name may be used in the base-clause or may be used in the class definition.

This lookup applies whether the definition of X is nested within Y's definition or whether X's definition appears in a namespace scope enclosing Y 's definition ([class.nest]).

That is, an unqualified name that occurs, for instance, in a type or default argument in the parameter-declaration-clause or in the function body.

This lookup applies whether the member function is defined within the definition of class X or whether the member function is defined in a namespace scope enclosing X's definition.

3.4.2 Argument-dependent name lookup [basic.lookup.argdep]

When the postfix-expression in a function call ([expr.call]) is an unqualified-id, other namespaces not considered during the usual unqualified lookup ([basic.lookup.unqual]) may be searched, and in those namespaces, namespace-scope friend function declarations ([class.friend]) not otherwise visible may be found. These modifications to the search depend on the types of the arguments (and for template template arguments, the namespace of the template argument). [ Example:

namespace N {
  struct S { };
  void f(S);
}

void g() {
  N::S s;
  f(s);                         // OK: calls N::f
  (f)(s);                       // error: N::f not considered; parentheses
                                // prevent argument-dependent lookup
}

 — end example ]

For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and classes is determined entirely by the types of the function arguments (and the namespace of any template template argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces and classes are determined in the following way:

  • If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of namespaces and classes are both empty.

  • If T is a class type (including unions), its associated classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a member, if any; and its direct and indirect base classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces of which its associated classes are members. Furthermore, if T is a class template specialization, its associated namespaces and classes also include: the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the namespaces of which any template template arguments are members; and the classes of which any member templates used as template template arguments are members. [ Note: Non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of associated namespaces. — end note ]

  • If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class member, its associated class is the member's class; else it has no associated class.

  • If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated namespaces and classes are those associated with U.

  • If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and classes are those associated with the function parameter types and those associated with the return type.

  • If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its associated namespaces and classes are those associated with the function parameter types and return type, together with those associated with X.

  • If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its associated namespaces and classes are those associated with the member type together with those associated with X.

If an associated namespace is an inline namespace ([namespace.def]), its enclosing namespace is also included in the set. If an associated namespace directly contains inline namespaces, those inline namespaces are also included in the set. In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its associated classes and namespaces are the union of those associated with each of the members of the set, i.e., the classes and namespaces associated with its parameter types and return type. Additionally, if the aforementioned set of overloaded functions is named with a template-id, its associated classes and namespaces also include those of its type template-arguments and its template template-arguments.

Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup ([basic.lookup.unqual]) and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent lookup (defined as follows). If X contains

  • a declaration of a class member, or

  • a block-scope function declaration that is not a using-declaration, or

  • a declaration that is neither a function or a function template

then Y is empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the namespaces associated with the argument types as described below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name is the union of X and Y. [ Note: The namespaces and classes associated with the argument types can include namespaces and classes already considered by the ordinary unqualified lookup.  — end note ] [ Example:

namespace NS {
  class T { };
  void f(T);
  void g(T, int);
}
NS::T parm;
void g(NS::T, float);
int main() {
  f(parm);                      // OK: calls NS::f
  extern void g(NS::T, float);
  g(parm, 1);                   // OK: calls g(NS::T, float)
}

 — end example ]

When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is used as a qualifier ([namespace.qual]) except that:

  • Any using-directives in the associated namespace are ignored.

  • Any namespace-scope friend functions or friend function templates declared in associated classes are visible within their respective namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary lookup ([class.friend]).

  • All names except those of (possibly overloaded) functions and function templates are ignored.

3.4.3 Qualified name lookup [basic.lookup.qual]

The name of a class or namespace member or enumerator can be referred to after the :: scope resolution operator ([expr.prim]) applied to a nested-name-specifier that denotes its class, namespace, or enumeration. If a :: scope resolution operator in a nested-name-specifier is not preceded by a decltype-specifier, lookup of the name preceding that :: considers only namespaces, types, and templates whose specializations are types. If the name found does not designate a namespace or a class, enumeration, or dependent type, the program is ill-formed.[ Example:

class A {
public:
  static int n;
};
int main() {
  int A;
  A::n = 42;        // OK
  A b;              // ill-formed: A does not name a type
}

 — end example ]

Note: Multiply qualified names, such as N1::N2::N3::n, can be used to refer to members of nested classes ([class.nest]) or members of nested namespaces.  — end note ]

In a declaration in which the declarator-id is a qualified-id, names used before the qualified-id being declared are looked up in the defining namespace scope; names following the qualified-id are looked up in the scope of the member's class or namespace. [ Example:

class X { };
class C {
  class X { };
  static const int number = 50;
  static X arr[number];
};
X C::arr[number];   // ill-formed:
                    // equivalent to: ::X C::arr[C::number];
                    // not to: C::X C::arr[C::number];

 — end example ]

A name prefixed by the unary scope operator :: ([expr.prim]) is looked up in global scope, in the translation unit where it is used. The name shall be declared in global namespace scope or shall be a name whose declaration is visible in global scope because of a using-directive ([namespace.qual]). The use of :: allows a global name to be referred to even if its identifier has been hidden ([basic.scope.hiding]).

A name prefixed by a nested-name-specifier that nominates an enumeration type shall represent an enumerator of that enumeration.

If a pseudo-destructor-name ([expr.pseudo]) contains a nested-name-specifier, the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:

nested-name-specifieropt class-name :: ~ class-name

the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. [ Example:

struct C {
  typedef int I;
};
typedef int I1, I2;
extern int* p;
extern int* q;
p->C::I::~I();      // I is looked up in the scope of C
q->I1::~I2();       // I2 is looked up in the scope of
                    // the postfix-expression

struct A {
  ~A();
};
typedef A AB;
int main() {
  AB *p;
  p->AB::~AB();     // explicitly calls the destructor for A
}

 — end example ] [ Note: [basic.lookup.classref] describes how name lookup proceeds after the . and -> operators.  — end note ]

3.4.3.1 Class members [class.qual]

If the nested-name-specifier of a qualified-id nominates a class, the name specified after the nested-name-specifier is looked up in the scope of the class ([class.member.lookup]), except for the cases listed below. The name shall represent one or more members of that class or of one of its base classes (Clause [class.derived]). [ Note: A class member can be referred to using a qualified-id at any point in its potential scope ([basic.scope.class]).  — end note ] The exceptions to the name lookup rule above are the following:

In a lookup in which the constructor is an acceptable lookup result and the nested-name-specifier nominates a class C:

the name is instead considered to name the constructor of class C. [ Note: For example, the constructor is not an acceptable lookup result in an elaborated-type-specifier so the constructor would not be used in place of the injected-class-name.  — end note ] Such a constructor name shall be used only in the declarator-id of a declaration that names a constructor or in a using-declaration. [ Example:

struct A { A(); };
struct B: public A { B(); };

A::A() { }
B::B() { }

B::A ba;            // object of type A
A::A a;             // error, A::A is not a type name
struct A::A a2;     // object of type A

 — end example ]

A class member name hidden by a name in a nested declarative region or by the name of a derived class member can still be found if qualified by the name of its class followed by the :: operator.

3.4.3.2 Namespace members [namespace.qual]

If the nested-name-specifier of a qualified-id nominates a namespace, the name specified after the nested-name-specifier is looked up in the scope of the namespace. If a qualified-id starts with ::, the name after the :: is looked up in the global namespace. In either case, the names in a template-argument of a template-id are looked up in the context in which the entire postfix-expression occurs.

For a namespace X and name m, the namespace-qualified lookup set S(X, m) is defined as follows: Let S'(X, m) be the set of all declarations of m in X and the inline namespace set of X ([namespace.def]). If S'(X, m) is not empty, S(X, m) is S'(X, m); otherwise, S(X, m) is the union of S(Ni, m) for all namespaces Ni nominated by using-directives in X and its inline namespace set.

Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given ::m (where X is the global namespace), if S(X, m) is the empty set, the program is ill-formed. Otherwise, if S(X, m) has exactly one member, or if the context of the reference is a using-declaration ([namespace.udecl]), S(X, m) is the required set of declarations of m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique declaration to be chosen from S(X, m), the program is ill-formed. [ Example:

int x;
namespace Y {
  void f(float);
  void h(int);
}

namespace Z {
  void h(double);
}

namespace A {
  using namespace Y;
  void f(int);
  void g(int);
  int i;
}

namespace B {
  using namespace Z;
  void f(char);
  int i;
}

namespace AB {
  using namespace A;
  using namespace B;
  void g();
}

void h(){
  AB::g();          // g is declared directly in AB,
                    // therefore S is { AB::g() } and AB::g() is chosen
  AB::f(1);         // f is not declared directly in AB so the rules are
                    // applied recursively to A and B;
                    // namespace Y is not searched and Y::f(float)
                    // is not considered;
                    // S is { A::f(int), B::f(char) } and overload
                    // resolution chooses A::f(int)
  AB::f('c');       // as above but resolution chooses B::f(char)

  AB::x++;          // x is not declared directly in AB, and
                    // is not declared in A or B , so the rules are
                    // applied recursively to Y and Z,
                    // S is { } so the program is ill-formed
  AB::i++;          // i is not declared directly in AB so the rules are
                    // applied recursively to A and B,
                    // S is { A::i , B::i } so the use is ambiguous
                    // and the program is ill-formed
  AB::h(16.8);      // h is not declared directly in AB and
                    // not declared directly in A or B so the rules are
                    // applied recursively to Y and Z,
                    // S is { Y::h(int), Z::h(double) } and overload
                    // resolution chooses Z::h(double)
}

The same declaration found more than once is not an ambiguity (because it is still a unique declaration). For example:

namespace A {
  int a;
}

namespace B {
  using namespace A;
}

namespace C {
  using namespace A;
}

namespace BC {
  using namespace B;
  using namespace C;
}

void f(){
  BC::a++;          // OK: S is { A::a, A::a }
}

namespace D {
  using A::a;
}

namespace BD {
  using namespace B;
  using namespace D;
}

void g(){
  BD::a++;          // OK: S is {  A::a,  A::a }
}

Because each referenced namespace is searched at most once, the following is well-defined:

namespace B {
  int b;
}

namespace A {
  using namespace B;
  int a;
}

namespace B {
  using namespace A;
}

void f(){
  A::a++;           // OK: a declared directly in A, S is {A::a}
  B::a++;           // OK: both A and B searched (once), S is {A::a}
  A::b++;           // OK: both A and B searched (once), S is {B::b}
  B::b++;           // OK: b declared directly in B, S is {B::b}
}

 — end example ]

During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the other declarations either introduce the same variable, the same enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from different namespaces), the program is ill-formed. [ Example:

namespace A {
  struct x { };
  int x;
  int y;
}

namespace B {
  struct y { };
}

namespace C {
  using namespace A;
  using namespace B;
  int i = C::x;     // OK, A::x (of type int )
  int j = C::y;     // ambiguous, A::y or B::y
}

 — end example ]

In a declaration for a namespace member in which the declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id for the namespace member has the form

nested-name-specifier unqualified-id

the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace designated by the nested-name-specifier or of an element of the inline namespace set ([namespace.def]) of that namespace. [ Example:

namespace A {
  namespace B {
    void f1(int);
  }
  using namespace B;
}
void A::f1(int){ }  // ill-formed, f1 is not a member of A

 — end example ] However, in such namespace member declarations, the nested-name-specifier may rely on using-directives to implicitly provide the initial part of the nested-name-specifier. [ Example:

namespace A {
  namespace B {
    void f1(int);
  }
}

namespace C {
  namespace D {
    void f1(int);
  }
}

using namespace A;
using namespace C::D;
void B::f1(int){ }  // OK, defines A::B::f1(int)

 — end example ]

3.4.4 Elaborated type specifiers [basic.lookup.elab]

An elaborated-type-specifier ([dcl.type.elab]) may be used to refer to a previously declared class-name or enum-name even though the name has been hidden by a non-type declaration ([basic.scope.hiding]).

If the elaborated-type-specifier has no nested-name-specifier, and unless the elaborated-type-specifier appears in a declaration with the following form:

class-key attribute-specifier-seqopt identifier ;

the identifier is looked up according to [basic.lookup.unqual] but ignoring any non-type names that have been declared. If the elaborated-type-specifier is introduced by the enum keyword and this lookup does not find a previously declared type-name, the elaborated-type-specifier is ill-formed. If the elaborated-type-specifier is introduced by the class-key and this lookup does not find a previously declared type-name, or if the elaborated-type-specifier appears in a declaration with the form:

class-key attribute-specifier-seqopt identifier ;

the elaborated-type-specifier is a declaration that introduces the class-name as described in [basic.scope.pdecl].

If the elaborated-type-specifier has a nested-name-specifier, qualified name lookup is performed, as described in [basic.lookup.qual], but ignoring any non-type names that have been declared. If the name lookup does not find a previously declared type-name, the elaborated-type-specifier is ill-formed. [ Example:

struct Node {
  struct Node* Next;            // OK: Refers to Node at global scope
  struct Data* Data;            // OK: Declares type Data
                                // at global scope and member Data
};

struct Data {
  struct Node* Node;            // OK: Refers to Node at global scope
  friend struct ::Glob;         // error: Glob is not declared
                                // cannot introduce a qualified type ([dcl.type.elab])
  friend struct Glob;           // OK: Refers to (as yet) undeclared Glob
              // at global scope.
  /* ... */
};

struct Base {
  struct Data;                  // OK: Declares nested Data
  struct ::Data*     thatData;  // OK: Refers to ::Data
  struct Base::Data* thisData;  // OK: Refers to nested Data
  friend class ::Data;          // OK: global Data is a friend
  friend class Data;            // OK: nested Data is a friend
  struct Data { /* ... */ };   // Defines nested Data
};

struct Data;                    // OK: Redeclares Data at global scope
struct ::Data;                  // error: cannot introduce a qualified type ([dcl.type.elab])
struct Base::Data;              // error: cannot introduce a qualified type ([dcl.type.elab])
struct Base::Datum;             // error: Datum undefined
struct Base::Data* pBase;       // OK: refers to nested Data

 — end example ]

3.4.5 Class member access [basic.lookup.classref]

In a class member access expression ([expr.ref]), if the . or -> token is immediately followed by an identifier followed by a <, the identifier must be looked up to determine whether the < is the beginning of a template argument list ([temp.names]) or a less-than operator. The identifier is first looked up in the class of the object expression. If the identifier is not found, it is then looked up in the context of the entire postfix-expression and shall name a class template.

If the id-expression in a class member access ([expr.ref]) is an unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class type C, the unqualified-id is looked up in the scope of class C. For a pseudo-destructor call ([expr.pseudo]), the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete postfix-expression.

If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. [ Example:

struct A { };

struct B {
  struct A { };
  void f(::A* a);
};

void B::f(::A* a) {
  a->~A();                      // OK: lookup in *a finds the injected-class-name
}

 — end example ]

If the id-expression in a class member access is a qualified-id of the form

class-name-or-namespace-name::...

the class-name-or-namespace-name following the . or -> operator is first looked up in the class of the object expression and the name, if found, is used. Otherwise it is looked up in the context of the entire postfix-expression. [ Note: See [basic.lookup.qual], which describes the lookup of a name before ::, which will only find a type or namespace name.  — end note ]

If the qualified-id has the form

::class-name-or-namespace-name::...

the class-name-or-namespace-name is looked up in global scope as a class-name or namespace-name.

If the nested-name-specifier contains a simple-template-id ([temp.names]), the names in its template-arguments are looked up in the context in which the entire postfix-expression occurs.

If the id-expression is a conversion-function-id, its conversion-type-id is first looked up in the class of the object expression and the name, if found, is used. Otherwise it is looked up in the context of the entire postfix-expression. In each of these lookups, only names that denote types or templates whose specializations are types are considered. [ Example:

struct A { };
namespace N {
  struct A {
    void g() { }
    template <class T> operator T();
  };
}

int main() {
  N::A a;
  a.operator A();               // calls N::A::operator N::A
}

 — end example ]

3.4.6 Using-directives and namespace aliases [basic.lookup.udir]

In a using-directive or namespace-alias-definition, during the lookup for a namespace-name or for a name in a nested-name-specifier only namespace names are considered.

3.6 Start and termination [basic.start]

3.6.1 Main function [basic.start.main]

A program shall contain a global function called main, which is the designated start of the program. It is implementation-defined whether a program in a freestanding environment is required to define a main function. [ Note: In a freestanding environment, start-up and termination is implementation-defined; start-up contains the execution of constructors for objects of namespace scope with static storage duration; termination contains the execution of destructors for objects with static storage duration.  — end note ]

An implementation shall not predefine the main function. This function shall not be overloaded. It shall have a return type of type int, but otherwise its type is implementation-defined. All implementations shall allow both of the following definitions of main:

int main() { /* ... */ }

and

int main(int argc, char* argv[]) { /* ... */ }

In the latter form argc shall be the number of arguments passed to the program from the environment in which the program is run. If argc is nonzero these arguments shall be supplied in argv[0] through argv[argc-1] as pointers to the initial characters of null-terminated multibyte strings (ntmbs s) ([multibyte.strings]) and argv[0] shall be the pointer to the initial character of a ntmbs that represents the name used to invoke the program or "". The value of argc shall be non-negative. The value of argv[argc] shall be 0. [ Note: It is recommended that any further (optional) parameters be added after argv.  — end note ]

The function main shall not be used within a program. The linkage ([basic.link]) of main is implementation-defined. A program that defines main as deleted or that declares main to be inline, static, or constexpr is ill-formed. The name main is not otherwise reserved. [ Example: member functions, classes, and enumerations can be called main, as can entities in other namespaces.  — end example ]

Terminating the program without leaving the current block (e.g., by calling the function std::exit(int) ([support.start.term])) does not destroy any objects with automatic storage duration ([class.dtor]). If std::exit is called to end a program during the destruction of an object with static or thread storage duration, the program has undefined behavior.

A return statement in main has the effect of leaving the main function (destroying any objects with automatic storage duration) and calling std::exit with the return value as the argument. If control reaches the end of main without encountering a return statement, the effect is that of executing

return 0;

3.6.2 Initialization of non-local variables [basic.start.init]

There are two broad classes of named non-local variables: those with static storage duration ([basic.stc.static]) and those with thread storage duration ([basic.stc.thread]). Non-local variables with static storage duration are initialized as a consequence of program initiation. Non-local variables with thread storage duration are initialized as a consequence of thread execution. Within each of these phases of initiation, initialization occurs as follows.

Variables with static storage duration ([basic.stc.static]) or thread storage duration ([basic.stc.thread]) shall be zero-initialized ([dcl.init]) before any other initialization takes place.

Constant initialization is performed:

  • if each full-expression (including implicit conversions) that appears in the initializer of a reference with static or thread storage duration is a constant expression ([expr.const]) and the reference is bound to an lvalue designating an object with static storage duration or to a temporary (see [class.temporary]);

  • if an object with static or thread storage duration is initialized by a constructor call, if the constructor is a constexpr constructor, if all constructor arguments are constant expressions (including conversions), and if, after function invocation substitution ([dcl.constexpr]), every constructor call and full-expression in the mem-initializers and in the brace-or-equal-initializers for non-static data members is a constant expression;

  • if an object with static or thread storage duration is not initialized by a constructor call and if every full-expression that appears in its initializer is a constant expression.

Together, zero-initialization and constant initialization are called static initialization; all other initialization is dynamic initialization. Static initialization shall be performed before any dynamic initialization takes place. Dynamic initialization of a non-local variable with static storage duration is either ordered or unordered. Definitions of explicitly specialized class template static data members have ordered initialization. Other class template static data members (i.e., implicitly or explicitly instantiated specializations) have unordered initialization. Other non-local variables with static storage duration have ordered initialization. Variables with ordered initialization defined within a single translation unit shall be initialized in the order of their definitions in the translation unit. If a program starts a thread ([thread.threads]), the subsequent initialization of a variable is unsequenced with respect to the initialization of a variable defined in a different translation unit. Otherwise, the initialization of a variable is indeterminately sequenced with respect to the initialization of a variable defined in a different translation unit. If a program starts a thread, the subsequent unordered initialization of a variable is unsequenced with respect to every other dynamic initialization. Otherwise, the unordered initialization of a variable is indeterminately sequenced with respect to every other dynamic initialization. [ Note: This definition permits initialization of a sequence of ordered variables concurrently with another sequence.  — end note ] [ Note: The initialization of local static variables is described in [stmt.dcl].  — end note ]

An implementation is permitted to perform the initialization of a non-local variable with static storage duration as a static initialization even if such initialization is not required to be done statically, provided that

  • the dynamic version of the initialization does not change the value of any other object of namespace scope prior to its initialization, and

  • the static version of the initialization produces the same value in the initialized variable as would be produced by the dynamic initialization if all variables not required to be initialized statically were initialized dynamically.

Note: As a consequence, if the initialization of an object obj1 refers to an object obj2 of namespace scope potentially requiring dynamic initialization and defined later in the same translation unit, it is unspecified whether the value of obj2 used will be the value of the fully initialized obj2 (because obj2 was statically initialized) or will be the value of obj2 merely zero-initialized. For example,

inline double fd() { return 1.0; }
extern double d1;
double d2 = d1;     // unspecified:
                    // may be statically initialized to 0.0 or
                    // dynamically initialized to 0.0 if d1 is
                    // dynamically initialized, or 1.0 otherwise
double d1 = fd();   // may be initialized statically or dynamically to 1.0

 — end note ]

It is implementation-defined whether the dynamic initialization of a non-local variable with static storage duration is done before the first statement of main. If the initialization is deferred to some point in time after the first statement of main, it shall occur before the first odr-use ([basic.def.odr]) of any function or variable defined in the same translation unit as the variable to be initialized.34Example:

// - File 1 -
#include "a.h"
#include "b.h"
B b;
A::A(){
  b.Use();
}

// - File 2 -
#include "a.h"
A a;

// - File 3 -
#include "a.h"
#include "b.h"
extern A a;
extern B b;

int main() {
  a.Use();
  b.Use();
}

It is implementation-defined whether either a or b is initialized before main is entered or whether the initializations are delayed until a is first odr-used in main. In particular, if a is initialized before main is entered, it is not guaranteed that b will be initialized before it is odr-used by the initialization of a, that is, before A::A is called. If, however, a is initialized at some point after the first statement of main, b will be initialized prior to its use in A::A.  — end example ]

It is implementation-defined whether the dynamic initialization of a non-local variable with static or thread storage duration is done before the first statement of the initial function of the thread. If the initialization is deferred to some point in time after the first statement of the initial function of the thread, it shall occur before the first odr-use ([basic.def.odr]) of any variable with thread storage duration defined in the same translation unit as the variable to be initialized.

If the initialization of a non-local variable with static or thread storage duration exits via an exception, std::terminate is called ([except.terminate]).

A non-local variable with static storage duration having initialization with side-effects must be initialized even if it is not odr-used ([basic.def.odr], [basic.stc.static]).

3.6.3 Termination [basic.start.term]

Destructors ([class.dtor]) for initialized objects (that is, objects whose lifetime ([basic.life]) has begun) with static storage duration are called as a result of returning from main and as a result of calling std::exit ([support.start.term]). Destructors for initialized objects with thread storage duration within a given thread are called as a result of returning from the initial function of that thread and as a result of that thread calling std::exit. The completions of the destructors for all initialized objects with thread storage duration within that thread are sequenced before the initiation of the destructors of any object with static storage duration. If the completion of the constructor or dynamic initialization of an object with thread storage duration is sequenced before that of another, the completion of the destructor of the second is sequenced before the initiation of the destructor of the first. If the completion of the constructor or dynamic initialization of an object with static storage duration is sequenced before that of another, the completion of the destructor of the second is sequenced before the initiation of the destructor of the first. [ Note: This definition permits concurrent destruction.  — end note ] If an object is initialized statically, the object is destroyed in the same order as if the object was dynamically initialized. For an object of array or class type, all subobjects of that object are destroyed before any block-scope object with static storage duration initialized during the construction of the subobjects is destroyed. If the destruction of an object with static or thread storage duration exits via an exception, std::terminate is called ([except.terminate]).

If a function contains a block-scope object of static or thread storage duration that has been destroyed and the function is called during the destruction of an object with static or thread storage duration, the program has undefined behavior if the flow of control passes through the definition of the previously destroyed block-scope object. Likewise, the behavior is undefined if the block-scope object is used indirectly (i.e., through a pointer) after its destruction.

If the completion of the initialization of an object with static storage duration is sequenced before a call to std::atexit (see <cstdlib>, [support.start.term]), the call to the function passed to std::atexit is sequenced before the call to the destructor for the object. If a call to std::atexit is sequenced before the completion of the initialization of an object with static storage duration, the call to the destructor for the object is sequenced before the call to the function passed to std::atexit. If a call to std::atexit is sequenced before another call to std::atexit, the call to the function passed to the second std::atexit call is sequenced before the call to the function passed to the first std::atexit call.

If there is a use of a standard library object or function not permitted within signal handlers ([support.runtime]) that does not happen before ([intro.multithread]) completion of destruction of objects with static storage duration and execution of std::atexit registered functions ([support.start.term]), the program has undefined behavior. [ Note: If there is a use of an object with static storage duration that does not happen before the object's destruction, the program has undefined behavior. Terminating every thread before a call to std::exit or the exit from main is sufficient, but not necessary, to satisfy these requirements. These requirements permit thread managers as static-storage-duration objects.  — end note ]

Calling the function std::abort() declared in <cstdlib> terminates the program without executing any destructors and without calling the functions passed to std::atexit() or std::at_quick_exit().

3.7 Storage duration [basic.stc]

Storage duration is the property of an object that defines the minimum potential lifetime of the storage containing the object. The storage duration is determined by the construct used to create the object and is one of the following:

  • static storage duration

  • thread storage duration

  • automatic storage duration

  • dynamic storage duration

Static, thread, and automatic storage durations are associated with objects introduced by declarations ([basic.def]) and implicitly created by the implementation ([class.temporary]). The dynamic storage duration is associated with objects created with operator new ([expr.new]).

The storage duration categories apply to references as well. The lifetime of a reference is its storage duration.

3.7.1 Static storage duration [basic.stc.static]

All variables which do not have dynamic storage duration, do not have thread storage duration, and are not local have static storage duration. The storage for these entities shall last for the duration of the program ([basic.start.init], [basic.start.term]).

If a variable with static storage duration has initialization or a destructor with side effects, it shall not be eliminated even if it appears to be unused, except that a class object or its copy/move may be eliminated as specified in [class.copy].

The keyword static can be used to declare a local variable with static storage duration. [ Note: [stmt.dcl] describes the initialization of local static variables; [basic.start.term] describes the destruction of local static variables.  — end note ]

The keyword static applied to a class data member in a class definition gives the data member static storage duration.

3.7.2 Thread storage duration [basic.stc.thread]

All variables declared with the thread_local keyword have thread storage duration. The storage for these entities shall last for the duration of the thread in which they are created. There is a distinct object or reference per thread, and use of the declared name refers to the entity associated with the current thread.

A variable with thread storage duration shall be initialized before its first odr-use ([basic.def.odr]) and, if constructed, shall be destroyed on thread exit.

3.7.3 Automatic storage duration [basic.stc.auto]

Block-scope variables explicitly declared register or not explicitly declared static or extern have automatic storage duration. The storage for these entities lasts until the block in which they are created exits.

Note: These variables are initialized and destroyed as described in [stmt.dcl].  — end note ]

If a variable with automatic storage duration has initialization or a destructor with side effects, it shall not be destroyed before the end of its block, nor shall it be eliminated as an optimization even if it appears to be unused, except that a class object or its copy/move may be eliminated as specified in [class.copy].

3.7.4 Dynamic storage duration [basic.stc.dynamic]

Objects can be created dynamically during program execution ([intro.execution]), using new-expressions ([expr.new]), and destroyed using delete-expressions ([expr.delete]). A C++ implementation provides access to, and management of, dynamic storage via the global allocation functions operator new and operator new[] and the global deallocation functions operator delete and operator delete[].

The library provides default definitions for the global allocation and deallocation functions. Some global allocation and deallocation functions are replaceable ([new.delete]). A C++ program shall provide at most one definition of a replaceable allocation or deallocation function. Any such function definition replaces the default version provided in the library ([replacement.functions]). The following allocation and deallocation functions ([support.dynamic]) are implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a program.

void* operator new(std::size_t);
void* operator new[](std::size_t);
void operator delete(void*);
void operator delete[](void*);

These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator new, operator new[], operator delete, and operator delete[]. [ Note: The implicit declarations do not introduce the names std, std::size_t, or any other names that the library uses to declare these names. Thus, a new-expression, delete-expression or function call that refers to one of these functions without including the header <new> is well-formed. However, referring to std or std::size_t is ill-formed unless the name has been declared by including the appropriate header.  — end note ] Allocation and/or deallocation functions can also be declared and defined for any class ([class.free]).

Any allocation and/or deallocation functions defined in a C++ program, including the default versions in the library, shall conform to the semantics specified in [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation] and [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation].

3.7.4.1 Allocation functions [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]

An allocation function shall be a class member function or a global function; a program is ill-formed if an allocation function is declared in a namespace scope other than global scope or declared static in global scope. The return type shall be void*. The first parameter shall have type std::size_t ([support.types]). The first parameter shall not have an associated default argument ([dcl.fct.default]). The value of the first parameter shall be interpreted as the requested size of the allocation. An allocation function can be a function template. Such a template shall declare its return type and first parameter as specified above (that is, template parameter types shall not be used in the return type and first parameter type). Template allocation functions shall have two or more parameters.

The allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of storage. If it is successful, it shall return the address of the start of a block of storage whose length in bytes shall be at least as large as the requested size. There are no constraints on the contents of the allocated storage on return from the allocation function. The order, contiguity, and initial value of storage allocated by successive calls to an allocation function are unspecified. The pointer returned shall be suitably aligned so that it can be converted to a pointer of any complete object type with a fundamental alignment requirement ([basic.align]) and then used to access the object or array in the storage allocated (until the storage is explicitly deallocated by a call to a corresponding deallocation function). Even if the size of the space requested is zero, the request can fail. If the request succeeds, the value returned shall be a non-null pointer value ([conv.ptr]) p0 different from any previously returned value p1, unless that value p1 was subsequently passed to an operator delete. The effect of dereferencing a pointer returned as a request for zero size is undefined.35

An allocation function that fails to allocate storage can invoke the currently installed new-handler function ([new.handler]), if any. [ Note: A program-supplied allocation function can obtain the address of the currently installed new_handler using the std::get_new_handler function ([set.new.handler]).  — end note ] If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing exception-specification ([except.spec]) fails to allocate storage, it shall return a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception of a type that would match a handler ([except.handle]) of type std::bad_alloc ([bad.alloc]).

A global allocation function is only called as the result of a new expression ([expr.new]), or called directly using the function call syntax ([expr.call]), or called indirectly through calls to the functions in the C++ standard library. [ Note: In particular, a global allocation function is not called to allocate storage for objects with static storage duration ([basic.stc.static]), for objects or references with thread storage duration ([basic.stc.thread]), for objects of type std::type_info ([expr.typeid]), or for the copy of an object thrown by a throw expression ([except.throw]).  — end note ]

The intent is to have operator new() implementable by calling std::malloc() or std::calloc(), so the rules are substantially the same. C++ differs from C in requiring a zero request to return a non-null pointer.

3.7.4.2 Deallocation functions [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]

Deallocation functions shall be class member functions or global functions; a program is ill-formed if deallocation functions are declared in a namespace scope other than global scope or declared static in global scope.

Each deallocation function shall return void and its first parameter shall be void*. A deallocation function can have more than one parameter. If a class T has a member deallocation function named operator delete with exactly one parameter, then that function is a usual (non-placement) deallocation function. If class T does not declare such an operator delete but does declare a member deallocation function named operator delete with exactly two parameters, the second of which has type std::size_t ([support.types]), then this function is a usual deallocation function. Similarly, if a class T has a member deallocation function named operator delete[] with exactly one parameter, then that function is a usual (non-placement) deallocation function. If class T does not declare such an operator delete[] but does declare a member deallocation function named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the second of which has type std::size_t, then this function is a usual deallocation function. A deallocation function can be an instance of a function template. Neither the first parameter nor the return type shall depend on a template parameter. [ Note: That is, a deallocation function template shall have a first parameter of type void* and a return type of void (as specified above).  — end note ] A deallocation function template shall have two or more function parameters. A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, regardless of its signature.

If a deallocation function terminates by throwing an exception, the behavior is undefined. The value of the first argument supplied to a deallocation function may be a null pointer value; if so, and if the deallocation function is one supplied in the standard library, the call has no effect. Otherwise, the behavior is undefined if the value supplied to operator delete(void*) in the standard library is not one of the values returned by a previous invocation of either operator new(std::size_t) or operator new(std::size_t, const std::nothrow_t&) in the standard library, and the behavior is undefined if the value supplied to operator delete[](void*) in the standard library is not one of the values returned by a previous invocation of either operator new[](std::size_t) or operator new[](std::size_t, const std::nothrow_t&) in the standard library.

If the argument given to a deallocation function in the standard library is a pointer that is not the null pointer value ([conv.ptr]), the deallocation function shall deallocate the storage referenced by the pointer, rendering invalid all pointers referring to any part of the deallocated storage. The effect of using an invalid pointer value (including passing it to a deallocation function) is undefined.36

On some implementations, it causes a system-generated runtime fault.

3.7.4.3 Safely-derived pointers [basic.stc.dynamic.safety]

A traceable pointer object is

  • an object of an object pointer type ([basic.compound]), or

  • an object of an integral type that is at least as large as std::intptr_t, or

  • a sequence of elements in an array of character type, where the size and alignment of the sequence match those of some object pointer type.

A pointer value is a safely-derived pointer to a dynamic object only if it has an object pointer type and it is one of the following:

  • the value returned by a call to the C++ standard library implementation of ::operator new(std::size_t);37

  • the result of taking the address of an object (or one of its subobjects) designated by an lvalue resulting from dereferencing a safely-derived pointer value;

  • the result of well-defined pointer arithmetic ([expr.add]) using a safely-derived pointer value;

  • the result of a well-defined pointer conversion ([conv.ptr], [expr.cast]) of a safely-derived pointer value;

  • the result of a reinterpret_cast of a safely-derived pointer value;

  • the result of a reinterpret_cast of an integer representation of a safely-derived pointer value;

  • the value of an object whose value was copied from a traceable pointer object, where at the time of the copy the source object contained a copy of a safely-derived pointer value.

An integer value is an integer representation of a safely-derived pointer only if its type is at least as large as std::intptr_t and it is one of the following:

  • the result of a reinterpret_cast of a safely-derived pointer value;

  • the result of a valid conversion of an integer representation of a safely-derived pointer value;

  • the value of an object whose value was copied from a traceable pointer object, where at the time of the copy the source object contained an integer representation of a safely-derived pointer value;

  • the result of an additive or bitwise operation, one of whose operands is an integer representation of a safely-derived pointer value P, if that result converted by reinterpret_cast<void*> would compare equal to a safely-derived pointer computable from reinterpret_cast<void*>(P).

An implementation may have relaxed pointer safety, in which case the validity of a pointer value does not depend on whether it is a safely-derived pointer value. Alternatively, an implementation may have strict pointer safety, in which case a pointer value that is not a safely-derived pointer value is an invalid pointer value unless the referenced complete object is of dynamic storage duration and has previously been declared reachable ([util.dynamic.safety]). [ Note: the effect of using an invalid pointer value (including passing it to a deallocation function) is undefined, see [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]. This is true even if the unsafely-derived pointer value might compare equal to some safely-derived pointer value.  — end note ] It is implementation defined whether an implementation has relaxed or strict pointer safety.

This section does not impose restrictions on dereferencing pointers to memory not allocated by ::operator new. This maintains the ability of many C++ implementations to use binary libraries and components written in other languages. In particular, this applies to C binaries, because dereferencing pointers to memory allocated by malloc is not restricted.

3.7.5 Duration of subobjects [basic.stc.inherit]

The storage duration of member subobjects, base class subobjects and array elements is that of their complete object ([intro.object]).

3.8 Object lifetime [basic.life]

The lifetime of an object is a runtime property of the object. An object is said to have non-trivial initialization if it is of a class or aggregate type and it or one of its members is initialized by a constructor other than a trivial default constructor. [ Note: initialization by a trivial copy/move constructor is non-trivial initialization.  — end note ] The lifetime of an object of type T begins when:

  • storage with the proper alignment and size for type T is obtained, and

  • if the object has non-trivial initialization, its initialization is complete.

The lifetime of an object of type T ends when:

  • if T is a class type with a non-trivial destructor ([class.dtor]), the destructor call starts, or

  • the storage which the object occupies is reused or released.

Note: The lifetime of an array object starts as soon as storage with proper size and alignment is obtained, and its lifetime ends when the storage which the array occupies is reused or released. [class.base.init] describes the lifetime of base and member subobjects.  — end note ]

The properties ascribed to objects throughout this International Standard apply for a given object only during its lifetime. [ Note: In particular, before the lifetime of an object starts and after its lifetime ends there are significant restrictions on the use of the object, as described below, in [class.base.init] and in [class.cdtor]. Also, the behavior of an object under construction and destruction might not be the same as the behavior of an object whose lifetime has started and not ended. [class.base.init] and [class.cdtor] describe the behavior of objects during the construction and destruction phases.  — end note ]

A program may end the lifetime of any object by reusing the storage which the object occupies or by explicitly calling the destructor for an object of a class type with a non-trivial destructor. For an object of a class type with a non-trivial destructor, the program is not required to call the destructor explicitly before the storage which the object occupies is reused or released; however, if there is no explicit call to the destructor or if a delete-expression ([expr.delete]) is not used to release the storage, the destructor shall not be implicitly called and any program that depends on the side effects produced by the destructor has undefined behavior.

Before the lifetime of an object has started but after the storage which the object will occupy has been allocated38 or, after the lifetime of an object has ended and before the storage which the object occupied is reused or released, any pointer that refers to the storage location where the object will be or was located may be used but only in limited ways. For an object under construction or destruction, see [class.cdtor]. Otherwise, such a pointer refers to allocated storage ([basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]), and using the pointer as if the pointer were of type void*, is well-defined. Such a pointer may be dereferenced but the resulting lvalue may only be used in limited ways, as described below. The program has undefined behavior if:

  • the object will be or was of a class type with a non-trivial destructor and the pointer is used as the operand of a delete-expression,

  • the pointer is used to access a non-static data member or call a non-static member function of the object, or

  • the pointer is implicitly converted ([conv.ptr]) to a pointer to a base class type, or

  • the pointer is used as the operand of a static_cast ([expr.static.cast]) (except when the conversion is to void*, or to void* and subsequently to char*, or unsigned char*), or

  • the pointer is used as the operand of a dynamic_cast ([expr.dynamic.cast]). [ Example:

    #include <cstdlib>
    
    struct B {
      virtual void f();
      void mutate();
      virtual ~B();
    };
    
    struct D1 : B { void f(); };
    struct D2 : B { void f(); };
    
    void B::mutate() {
      new (this) D2;    // reuses storage — ends the lifetime of *this
      f();              // undefined behavior
      ... = this;       // OK, this points to valid memory
    }
    
    void g() {
      void* p = std::malloc(sizeof(D1) + sizeof(D2));
      B* pb = new (p) D1;
      pb->mutate();
      &pb;              // OK: pb points to valid memory
      void* q = pb;     // OK: pb points to valid memory
      pb->f();          // undefined behavior, lifetime of *pb has ended
    }
    

     — end example ]

Similarly, before the lifetime of an object has started but after the storage which the object will occupy has been allocated or, after the lifetime of an object has ended and before the storage which the object occupied is reused or released, any glvalue that refers to the original object may be used but only in limited ways. For an object under construction or destruction, see [class.cdtor]. Otherwise, such a glvalue refers to allocated storage ([basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]), and using the properties of the glvalue that do not depend on its value is well-defined. The program has undefined behavior if:

  • an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion ([conv.lval]) is applied to such a glvalue,

  • the glvalue is used to access a non-static data member or call a non-static member function of the object, or

  • the glvalue is implicitly converted ([conv.ptr]) to a reference to a base class type, or

  • the glvalue is used as the operand of a static_cast ([expr.static.cast]) except when the conversion is ultimately to cv char& or cv unsigned char&, or

  • the glvalue is used as the operand of a dynamic_cast ([expr.dynamic.cast]) or as the operand of typeid.

If, after the lifetime of an object has ended and before the storage which the object occupied is reused or released, a new object is created at the storage location which the original object occupied, a pointer that pointed to the original object, a reference that referred to the original object, or the name of the original object will automatically refer to the new object and, once the lifetime of the new object has started, can be used to manipulate the new object, if:

  • the storage for the new object exactly overlays the storage location which the original object occupied, and

  • the new object is of the same type as the original object (ignoring the top-level cv-qualifiers), and

  • the type of the original object is not const-qualified, and, if a class type, does not contain any non-static data member whose type is const-qualified or a reference type, and

  • the original object was a most derived object ([intro.object]) of type T and the new object is a most derived object of type T (that is, they are not base class subobjects). [ Example:

    struct C {
      int i;
      void f();
      const C& operator=( const C& );
    };
    
    const C& C::operator=( const C& other) {
      if ( this != &other ) {
        this->~C();                 // lifetime of *this ends
        new (this) C(other);        // new object of type C created
        f();                        // well-defined
      }
      return *this;
    }
    
    C c1;
    C c2;
    c1 = c2;                        // well-defined
    c1.f();                         // well-defined; c1 refers to a new object of type C
    

     — end example ]

If a program ends the lifetime of an object of type T with static ([basic.stc.static]), thread ([basic.stc.thread]), or automatic ([basic.stc.auto]) storage duration and if T has a non-trivial destructor,39 the program must ensure that an object of the original type occupies that same storage location when the implicit destructor call takes place; otherwise the behavior of the program is undefined. This is true even if the block is exited with an exception. [ Example:

class T { };
struct B {
   ~B();
};

void h() {
   B b;
   new (&b) T;
}                               // undefined behavior at block exit

 — end example ]

Creating a new object at the storage location that a const object with static, thread, or automatic storage duration occupies or, at the storage location that such a const object used to occupy before its lifetime ended results in undefined behavior. [ Example:

struct B {
  B();
  ~B();
};

const B b;

void h() {
  b.~B();
  new (const_cast<B*>(&b)) const B;             // undefined behavior
}

 — end example ]

In this section, “before” and “after” refer to the “happens before” relation ([intro.multithread]). [ Note: Therefore, undefined behavior results if an object that is being constructed in one thread is referenced from another thread without adequate synchronization.  — end note ]

For example, before the construction of a global object of non-POD class type ([class.cdtor]).

That is, an object for which a destructor will be called implicitly—upon exit from the block for an object with automatic storage duration, upon exit from the thread for an object with thread storage duration, or upon exit from the program for an object with static storage duration.

3.9 Types [basic.types]

Note: [basic.types] and the subclauses thereof impose requirements on implementations regarding the representation of types. There are two kinds of types: fundamental types and compound types. Types describe objects ([intro.object]), references ([dcl.ref]), or functions ([dcl.fct]).  — end note ]

For any object (other than a base-class subobject) of trivially copyable type T, whether or not the object holds a valid value of type T, the underlying bytes ([intro.memory]) making up the object can be copied into an array of char or unsigned char.40 If the content of the array of char or unsigned char is copied back into the object, the object shall subsequently hold its original value. [ Example:

#define N sizeof(T)
char buf[N];
T obj;                          // obj initialized to its original value
std::memcpy(buf, &obj, N);      // between these two calls to std::memcpy,
                                // obj might be modified
std::memcpy(&obj, buf, N);      // at this point, each subobject of obj of scalar type
                                // holds its original value

 — end example ]

For any trivially copyable type T, if two pointers to T point to distinct T objects obj1 and obj2, where neither obj1 nor obj2 is a base-class subobject, if the underlying bytes ([intro.memory]) making up obj1 are copied into obj2,41 obj2 shall subsequently hold the same value as obj1. [ Example:

T* t1p;
T* t2p;
    // provided that t2p points to an initialized object ...
std::memcpy(t1p, t2p, sizeof(T));
    // at this point, every subobject of trivially copyable type in *t1p contains
    // the same value as the corresponding subobject in *t2p

 — end example ]

The object representation of an object of type T is the sequence of N unsigned char objects taken up by the object of type T, where N equals sizeof(T). The value representation of an object is the set of bits that hold the value of type T. For trivially copyable types, the value representation is a set of bits in the object representation that determines a value, which is one discrete element of an implementation-defined set of values.42

A class that has been declared but not defined, or an array of unknown size or of incomplete element type, is an incompletely-defined object type.43 Incompletely-defined object types and the void types are incomplete types ([basic.fundamental]). Objects shall not be defined to have an incomplete type.

A class type (such as “class X”) might be incomplete at one point in a translation unit and complete later on; the type “class X” is the same type at both points. The declared type of an array object might be an array of incomplete class type and therefore incomplete; if the class type is completed later on in the translation unit, the array type becomes complete; the array type at those two points is the same type. The declared type of an array object might be an array of unknown size and therefore be incomplete at one point in a translation unit and complete later on; the array types at those two points (“array of unknown bound of T” and “array of N T”) are different types. The type of a pointer to array of unknown size, or of a type defined by a typedef declaration to be an array of unknown size, cannot be completed. [ Example:

class X;                        // X is an incomplete type
extern X* xp;                   // xp is a pointer to an incomplete type
extern int arr[];               // the type of arr is incomplete
typedef int UNKA[];             // UNKA is an incomplete type
UNKA* arrp;                     // arrp is a pointer to an incomplete type
UNKA** arrpp;

void foo() {
  xp++;                         // ill-formed: X is incomplete
  arrp++;                       // ill-formed: incomplete type
  arrpp++;                      // OK: sizeof UNKA* is known
}

struct X { int i; };            // now X is a complete type
int  arr[10];                   // now the type of arr is complete

X x;
void bar() {
  xp = &x;                      // OK; type is “pointer to X  arrp = &arr;                  // ill-formed: different types
  xp++;                         // OK:  X is complete
  arrp++;                       // ill-formed: UNKA can't be completed
}

 — end example ]

Note: The rules for declarations and expressions describe in which contexts incomplete types are prohibited.  — end note ]

An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.

Arithmetic types ([basic.fundamental]), enumeration types, pointer types, pointer to member types ([basic.compound]), std::nullptr_t, and cv-qualified versions of these types ([basic.type.qualifier]) are collectively called scalar types. Scalar types, POD classes (Clause [class]), arrays of such types and cv-qualified versions of these types ([basic.type.qualifier]) are collectively called POD types. Scalar types, trivially copyable class types (Clause [class]), arrays of such types, and cv-qualified versions of these types ([basic.type.qualifier]) are collectively called trivially copyable types. Scalar types, trivial class types (Clause [class]), arrays of such types and cv-qualified versions of these types ([basic.type.qualifier]) are collectively called trivial types. Scalar types, standard-layout class types (Clause [class]), arrays of such types and cv-qualified versions of these types ([basic.type.qualifier]) are collectively called standard-layout types.

A type is a literal type if it is:

  • a scalar type; or

  • a reference type referring to a literal type; or

  • an array of literal type; or

  • a class type (Clause [class]) that has all of the following properties:

    • it has a trivial destructor,

    • every constructor call and full-expression in the brace-or-equal-initializers for non-static data members (if any) is a constant expression ([expr.const]),

    • it is an aggregate type ([dcl.init.aggr]) or has at least one constexpr constructor or constructor template that is not a copy or move constructor, and

    • all of its non-static data members and base classes are of literal types.

If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are layout-compatible types. [ Note: Layout-compatible enumerations are described in [dcl.enum]. Layout-compatible standard-layout structs and standard-layout unions are described in [class.mem].  — end note ]

By using, for example, the library functions ([headers]) std::memcpy or std::memmove.

By using, for example, the library functions ([headers]) std::memcpy or std::memmove.

The intent is that the memory model of C++ is compatible with that of ISO/IEC 9899 Programming Language C.

The size and layout of an instance of an incompletely-defined object type is unknown.

3.9.1 Fundamental types [basic.fundamental]

Objects declared as characters (char) shall be large enough to store any member of the implementation's basic character set. If a character from this set is stored in a character object, the integral value of that character object is equal to the value of the single character literal form of that character. It is implementation-defined whether a char object can hold negative values. Characters can be explicitly declared unsigned or signed. Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types. A char, a signed char, and an unsigned char occupy the same amount of storage and have the same alignment requirements ([basic.align]); that is, they have the same object representation. For character types, all bits of the object representation participate in the value representation. For unsigned character types, all possible bit patterns of the value representation represent numbers. These requirements do not hold for other types. In any particular implementation, a plain char object can take on either the same values as a signed char or an unsigned char; which one is implementation-defined.

There are five standard signed integer types : signed char”, “short int”, “int”, “long int”, and “long long int”. In this list, each type provides at least as much storage as those preceding it in the list. There may also be implementation-defined extended signed integer types. The standard and extended signed integer types are collectively called signed integer types. Plain ints have the natural size suggested by the architecture of the execution environment44; the other signed integer types are provided to meet special needs.

For each of the standard signed integer types, there exists a corresponding (but different) standard unsigned integer type: unsigned char”, “unsigned short int”, “unsigned int”, “unsigned long int”, and “unsigned long long int”, each of which occupies the same amount of storage and has the same alignment requirements ([basic.align]) as the corresponding signed integer type45; that is, each signed integer type has the same object representation as its corresponding unsigned integer type. Likewise, for each of the extended signed integer types there exists a corresponding extended unsigned integer type with the same amount of storage and alignment requirements. The standard and extended unsigned integer types are collectively called unsigned integer types. The range of non-negative values of a signed integer type is a subrange of the corresponding unsigned integer type, and the value representation of each corresponding signed/unsigned type shall be the same. The standard signed integer types and standard unsigned integer types are collectively called the standard integer types, and the extended signed integer types and extended unsigned integer types are collectively called the extended integer types.

Unsigned integers, declared unsigned, shall obey the laws of arithmetic modulo 2n where n is the number of bits in the value representation of that particular size of integer.46

Type wchar_t is a distinct type whose values can represent distinct codes for all members of the largest extended character set specified among the supported locales ([locale]). Type wchar_t shall have the same size, signedness, and alignment requirements ([basic.align]) as one of the other integral types, called its underlying type. Types char16_t and char32_t denote distinct types with the same size, signedness, and alignment as uint_least16_t and uint_least32_t, respectively, in <stdint.h>, called the underlying types.

Values of type bool are either true or false.47Note: There are no signed, unsigned, short, or long bool types or values.  — end note ] Values of type bool participate in integral promotions ([conv.prom]).

Types bool, char, char16_t, char32_t, wchar_t, and the signed and unsigned integer types are collectively called integral types.48 A synonym for integral type is integer type. The representations of integral types shall define values by use of a pure binary numeration system.49Example: this International Standard permits 2's complement, 1's complement and signed magnitude representations for integral types.  — end example ]

There are three floating point types: float, double, and long double. The type double provides at least as much precision as float, and the type long double provides at least as much precision as double. The set of values of the type float is a subset of the set of values of the type double; the set of values of the type double is a subset of the set of values of the type long double. The value representation of floating-point types is implementation-defined. Integral and floating types are collectively called arithmetic types. Specializations of the standard template std::numeric_limits ([support.limits]) shall specify the maximum and minimum values of each arithmetic type for an implementation.

The void type has an empty set of values. The void type is an incomplete type that cannot be completed. It is used as the return type for functions that do not return a value. Any expression can be explicitly converted to type cv void ([expr.cast]). An expression of type void shall be used only as an expression statement ([stmt.expr]), as an operand of a comma expression ([expr.comma]), as a second or third operand of ?: ([expr.cond]), as the operand of typeid or decltype, as the expression in a return statement ([stmt.return]) for a function with the return type void, or as the operand of an explicit conversion to type cv void.

A value of type std::nullptr_t is a null pointer constant ([conv.ptr]). Such values participate in the pointer and the pointer to member conversions ([conv.ptr], [conv.mem]). sizeof(std::nullptr_t) shall be equal to sizeof(void*).

Note: Even if the implementation defines two or more basic types to have the same value representation, they are nevertheless different types.  — end note ]

that is, large enough to contain any value in the range of INT_MIN and INT_MAX, as defined in the header <climits>.

See [dcl.type.simple] regarding the correspondence between types and the sequences of type-specifiers that designate them.

This implies that unsigned arithmetic does not overflow because a result that cannot be represented by the resulting unsigned integer type is reduced modulo the number that is one greater than the largest value that can be represented by the resulting unsigned integer type.

Using a bool value in ways described by this International Standard as “undefined,” such as by examining the value of an uninitialized automatic object, might cause it to behave as if it is neither true nor false.

Therefore, enumerations ([dcl.enum]) are not integral; however, enumerations can be promoted to integral types as specified in [conv.prom].

A positional representation for integers that uses the binary digits 0 and 1, in which the values represented by successive bits are additive, begin with 1, and are multiplied by successive integral power of 2, except perhaps for the bit with the highest position. (Adapted from the American National Dictionary for Information Processing Systems.)

3.9.2 Compound types [basic.compound]

Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:

These methods of constructing types can be applied recursively; restrictions are mentioned in [dcl.ptr], [dcl.array], [dcl.fct], and [dcl.ref].

The type of a pointer to void or a pointer to an object type is called an object pointer type. [ Note: A pointer to void does not have a pointer-to-object type, however, because void is not an object type.  — end note ] The type of a pointer that can designate a function is called a function pointer type. A pointer to objects of type T is referred to as a “pointer to T.” [ Example: a pointer to an object of type int is referred to as “pointer to int ” and a pointer to an object of class X is called a “pointer to X.”  — end example ] Except for pointers to static members, text referring to “pointers” does not apply to pointers to members. Pointers to incomplete types are allowed although there are restrictions on what can be done with them ([basic.align]). A valid value of an object pointer type represents either the address of a byte in memory ([intro.memory]) or a null pointer ([conv.ptr]). If an object of type T is located at an address A, a pointer of type cv T* whose value is the address A is said to point to that object, regardless of how the value was obtained. [ Note: For instance, the address one past the end of an array ([expr.add]) would be considered to point to an unrelated object of the array's element type that might be located at that address. There are further restrictions on pointers to objects with dynamic storage duration; see [basic.stc.dynamic.safety].  — end note ] The value representation of pointer types is implementation-defined. Pointers to cv-qualified and cv-unqualified versions ([basic.type.qualifier]) of layout-compatible types shall have the same value representation and alignment requirements ([basic.align]). [ Note: Pointers to over-aligned types ([basic.align]) have no special representation, but their range of valid values is restricted by the extended alignment requirement. This International Standard specifies only two ways of obtaining such a pointer: taking the address of a valid object with an over-aligned type, and using one of the runtime pointer alignment functions. An implementation may provide other means of obtaining a valid pointer value for an over-aligned type. — end note ]

A pointer to cv-qualified ([basic.type.qualifier]) or cv-unqualified void can be used to point to objects of unknown type. Such a pointer shall be able to hold any object pointer. An object of type cv void* shall have the same representation and alignment requirements as cv char*.

Static class members are objects or functions, and pointers to them are ordinary pointers to objects or functions.

3.9.3 CV-qualifiers [basic.type.qualifier]

A type mentioned in [basic.fundamental] and [basic.compound] is a cv-unqualified type. Each type which is a cv-unqualified complete or incomplete object type or is void ([basic.types]) has three corresponding cv-qualified versions of its type: a const-qualified version, a volatile-qualified version, and a const-volatile-qualified version. The term object type ([intro.object]) includes the cv-qualifiers specified when the object is created. The presence of a const specifier in a decl-specifier-seq declares an object of const-qualified object type; such object is called a const object. The presence of a volatile specifier in a decl-specifier-seq declares an object of volatile-qualified object type; such object is called a volatile object. The presence of both cv-qualifiers in a decl-specifier-seq declares an object of const-volatile-qualified object type; such object is called a const volatile object. The cv-qualified or cv-unqualified versions of a type are distinct types; however, they shall have the same representation and alignment requirements ([basic.types]).51

A compound type ([basic.compound]) is not cv-qualified by the cv-qualifiers (if any) of the types from which it is compounded. Any cv-qualifiers applied to an array type affect the array element type, not the array type ([dcl.array]).

Each non-static, non-mutable, non-reference data member of a const-qualified class object is const-qualified, each non-static, non-reference data member of a volatile-qualified class object is volatile-qualified and similarly for members of a const-volatile class. See [dcl.fct] and [class.this] regarding function types that have cv-qualifiers.

There is a partial ordering on cv-qualifiers, so that a type can be said to be more cv-qualified than another. Table [tab:relations.on.const.and.volatile] shows the relations that constitute this ordering.

Table 9 — Relations on const and volatile
no cv-qualifier < const
no cv-qualifier < volatile
no cv-qualifier < const volatile
const < const volatile
volatile < const volatile

In this International Standard, the notation cv (or cv1, cv2, etc.), used in the description of types, represents an arbitrary set of cv-qualifiers, i.e., one of {const}, {volatile}, {const, volatile}, or the empty set. Cv-qualifiers applied to an array type attach to the underlying element type, so the notation “cv T,” where T is an array type, refers to an array whose elements are so-qualified. Such array types can be said to be more (or less) cv-qualified than other types based on the cv-qualification of the underlying element types.

The same representation and alignment requirements are meant to imply interchangeability as arguments to functions, return values from functions, and non-static data members of unions.

3.10 Lvalues and rvalues [basic.lval]

Expressions are categorized according to the taxonomy in Figure [fig:categories].

categories expression expression glvalue glvalue expression->glvalue rvalue rvalue expression->rvalue lvalue lvalue glvalue->lvalue xvalue xvalue glvalue->xvalue rvalue->xvalue prvalue prvalue rvalue->prvalue
Figure 1 — Expression category taxonomy
  • An lvalue (so called, historically, because lvalues could appear on the left-hand side of an assignment expression) designates a function or an object. [ Example: If E is an expression of pointer type, then *E is an lvalue expression referring to the object or function to which E points. As another example, the result of calling a function whose return type is an lvalue reference is an lvalue.  — end example ]

  • An xvalue (an “eXpiring” value) also refers to an object, usually near the end of its lifetime (so that its resources may be moved, for example). An xvalue is the result of certain kinds of expressions involving rvalue references ([dcl.ref]). [ Example: The result of calling a function whose return type is an rvalue reference is an xvalue.  — end example ]

  • A glvalue (“generalized” lvalue) is an lvalue or an xvalue.

  • An rvalue (so called, historically, because rvalues could appear on the right-hand side of an assignment expression) is an xvalue, a temporary object ([class.temporary]) or subobject thereof, or a value that is not associated with an object.

  • A prvalue (“pure” rvalue) is an rvalue that is not an xvalue. [ Example: The result of calling a function whose return type is not a reference is a prvalue. The value of a literal such as 12, 7.3e5, or true is also a prvalue.  — end example ]

Every expression belongs to exactly one of the fundamental classifications in this taxonomy: lvalue, xvalue, or prvalue. This property of an expression is called its value category. [ Note: The discussion of each built-in operator in Clause [expr] indicates the category of the value it yields and the value categories of the operands it expects. For example, the built-in assignment operators expect that the left operand is an lvalue and that the right operand is a prvalue and yield an lvalue as the result. User-defined operators are functions, and the categories of values they expect and yield are determined by their parameter and return types.  — end note ]

Whenever a glvalue appears in a context where a prvalue is expected, the glvalue is converted to a prvalue; see [conv.lval], [conv.array], and [conv.func]. [ Note: An attempt to bind an rvalue reference to an lvalue is not such a context; see [dcl.init.ref].  — end note ]

The discussion of reference initialization in [dcl.init.ref] and of temporaries in [class.temporary] indicates the behavior of lvalues and rvalues in other significant contexts.

Class prvalues can have cv-qualified types; non-class prvalues always have cv-unqualified types. Unless otherwise indicated ([expr.call]), prvalues shall always have complete types or the void type; in addition to these types, glvalues can also have incomplete types.

An lvalue for an object is necessary in order to modify the object except that an rvalue of class type can also be used to modify its referent under certain circumstances. [ Example: a member function called for an object ([class.mfct]) can modify the object.  — end example ]

Functions cannot be modified, but pointers to functions can be modifiable.

A pointer to an incomplete type can be modifiable. At some point in the program when the pointed to type is complete, the object at which the pointer points can also be modified.

The referent of a const-qualified expression shall not be modified (through that expression), except that if it is of class type and has a mutable component, that component can be modified ([dcl.type.cv]).

If an expression can be used to modify the object to which it refers, the expression is called modifiable. A program that attempts to modify an object through a nonmodifiable lvalue or rvalue expression is ill-formed.

If a program attempts to access the stored value of an object through a glvalue of other than one of the following types the behavior is undefined:52

  • the dynamic type of the object,

  • a cv-qualified version of the dynamic type of the object,

  • a type similar (as defined in [conv.qual]) to the dynamic type of the object,

  • a type that is the signed or unsigned type corresponding to the dynamic type of the object,

  • a type that is the signed or unsigned type corresponding to a cv-qualified version of the dynamic type of the object,

  • an aggregate or union type that includes one of the aforementioned types among its elements or non-static data members (including, recursively, an element or non-static data member of a subaggregate or contained union),

  • a type that is a (possibly cv-qualified) base class type of the dynamic type of the object,

  • a char or unsigned char type.

The intent of this list is to specify those circumstances in which an object may or may not be aliased.

3.11 Alignment [basic.align]

Object types have alignment requirements ([basic.fundamental], [basic.compound]) which place restrictions on the addresses at which an object of that type may be allocated. An alignment is an implementation-defined integer value representing the number of bytes between successive addresses at which a given object can be allocated. An object type imposes an alignment requirement on every object of that type; stricter alignment can be requested using the alignment specifier ([dcl.align]).

A fundamental alignment is represented by an alignment less than or equal to the greatest alignment supported by the implementation in all contexts, which is equal to alignof(std::max_align_t) ([support.types]). The alignment required for a type might be different when it is used as the type of a complete object and when it is used as the type of a subobject. [ Example:

struct B { long double d; };
struct D : virtual B { char c; }

When D is the type of a complete object, it will have a subobject of type B, so it must be aligned appropriately for a long double. If D appears as a subobject of another object that also has B as a virtual base class, the B subobject might be part of a different subobject, reducing the alignment requirements on the D subobject.  — end example ] The result of the alignof operator reflects the alignment requirement of the type in the complete-object case.

An extended alignment is represented by an alignment greater than alignof(std::max_align_t). It is implementation-defined whether any extended alignments are supported and the contexts in which they are supported ([dcl.align]). A type having an extended alignment requirement is an over-aligned type. [ Note: every over-aligned type is or contains a class type to which extended alignment applies (possibly through a non-static data member).  — end note ]

Alignments are represented as values of the type std::size_t. Valid alignments include only those values returned by an alignof expression for the fundamental types plus an additional implementation-defined set of values, which may be empty. Every alignment value shall be a non-negative integral power of two.

Alignments have an order from weaker to stronger or stricter alignments. Stricter alignments have larger alignment values. An address that satisfies an alignment requirement also satisfies any weaker valid alignment requirement.

The alignment requirement of a complete type can be queried using an alignof expression ([expr.alignof]). Furthermore, the types char, signed char, and unsigned char shall have the weakest alignment requirement. [ Note: This enables the character types to be used as the underlying type for an aligned memory area ([dcl.align]). — end note ]

Comparing alignments is meaningful and provides the obvious results:

  • Two alignments are equal when their numeric values are equal.

  • Two alignments are different when their numeric values are not equal.

  • When an alignment is larger than another it represents a stricter alignment.

Note: The runtime pointer alignment function ([ptr.align]) can be used to obtain an aligned pointer within a buffer; the aligned-storage templates in the library ([meta.trans.other]) can be used to obtain aligned storage.  — end note ]

If a request for a specific extended alignment in a specific context is not supported by an implementation, the program is ill-formed. Additionally, a request for runtime allocation of dynamic storage for which the requested alignment cannot be honored shall be treated as an allocation failure.

4 Standard conversions [conv]

Standard conversions are implicit conversions with built-in meaning. Clause [conv] enumerates the full set of such conversions. A standard conversion sequence is a sequence of standard conversions in the following order:

  • Zero or one conversion from the following set: lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, array-to-pointer conversion, and function-to-pointer conversion.

  • Zero or one conversion from the following set: integral promotions, floating point promotion, integral conversions, floating point conversions, floating-integral conversions, pointer conversions, pointer to member conversions, and boolean conversions.

  • Zero or one qualification conversion.

Note: A standard conversion sequence can be empty, i.e., it can consist of no conversions.  — end note ] A standard conversion sequence will be applied to an expression if necessary to convert it to a required destination type.

Note: expressions with a given type will be implicitly converted to other types in several contexts:

  • When used as operands of operators. The operator's requirements for its operands dictate the destination type (Clause [expr]).

  • When used in the condition of an if statement or iteration statement ([stmt.select], [stmt.iter]). The destination type is bool.

  • When used in the expression of a switch statement. The destination type is integral ([stmt.select]).

  • When used as the source expression for an initialization (which includes use as an argument in a function call and use as the expression in a return statement). The type of the entity being initialized is (generally) the destination type. See [dcl.init], [dcl.init.ref].

 — end note ]

An expression e can be implicitly converted to a type T if and only if the declaration T t=e; is well-formed, for some invented temporary variable t ([dcl.init]). Certain language constructs require that an expression be converted to a Boolean value. An expression e appearing in such a context is said to be contextually converted to bool and is well-formed if and only if the declaration bool t(e); is well-formed, for some invented temporary variable t ([dcl.init]). The effect of either implicit conversion is the same as performing the declaration and initialization and then using the temporary variable as the result of the conversion. The result is an lvalue if T is an lvalue reference type or an rvalue reference to function type ([dcl.ref]), an xvalue if T is an rvalue reference to object type, and a prvalue otherwise. The expression e is used as a glvalue if and only if the initialization uses it as a glvalue.

Note: For user-defined types, user-defined conversions are considered as well; see [class.conv]. In general, an implicit conversion sequence ([over.best.ics]) consists of a standard conversion sequence followed by a user-defined conversion followed by another standard conversion sequence.  — end note ]

Note: There are some contexts where certain conversions are suppressed. For example, the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not done on the operand of the unary & operator. Specific exceptions are given in the descriptions of those operators and contexts.  — end note ]

4.1 Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion [conv.lval]

A glvalue ([basic.lval]) of a non-function, non-array type T can be converted to a prvalue.53 If T is an incomplete type, a program that necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. If the object to which the glvalue refers is not an object of type T and is not an object of a type derived from T, or if the object is uninitialized, a program that necessitates this conversion has undefined behavior. If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the prvalue is T.54

When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated operand or a subexpression thereof (Clause [expr]) the value contained in the referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion is a prvalue for the temporary. Otherwise, if the glvalue has (possibly cv-qualified) type std::nullptr_t, the prvalue result is a null pointer constant ([conv.ptr]). Otherwise, the value contained in the object indicated by the glvalue is the prvalue result.

Note: See also [basic.lval]. — end note ]

For historical reasons, this conversion is called the “lvalue-to-rvalue” conversion, even though that name does not accurately reflect the taxonomy of expressions described in [basic.lval].

In C++ class prvalues can have cv-qualified types (because they are objects). This differs from ISO C, in which non-lvalues never have cv-qualified types.

4.2 Array-to-pointer conversion [conv.array]

An lvalue or rvalue of type “array of N T” or “array of unknown bound of T” can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to T”. The result is a pointer to the first element of the array.

4.3 Function-to-pointer conversion [conv.func]

An lvalue of function type T can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to T.” The result is a pointer to the function.55

Note: See [over.over] for additional rules for the case where the function is overloaded.  — end note ]

This conversion never applies to non-static member functions because an lvalue that refers to a non-static member function cannot be obtained.

4.4 Qualification conversions [conv.qual]

A prvalue of type “pointer to cv1 T” can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to cv2 T” if “cv2 T” is more cv-qualified than “cv1 T”.

A prvalue of type “pointer to member of X of type cv1 T” can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to member of X of type cv2 T” if “cv2 T” is more cv-qualified than “cv1 T”.

Note: Function types (including those used in pointer to member function types) are never cv-qualified ([dcl.fct]).  — end note ]

A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules:56

Two pointer types T1 and T2 are similar if there exists a type T and integer n > 0 such that:

T1 is cv1,0 pointer to cv1,1 pointer to cv1,n-1 pointer to cv1,n T

and

T2 is cv2,0 pointer to cv2,1 pointer to cv2,n-1 pointer to cv2,n T

where each cvi,j is const, volatile, const volatile, or nothing. The n-tuple of cv-qualifiers after the first in a pointer type, e.g., cv1,1, cv1,2, , cv1,n in the pointer type T1, is called the cv-qualification signature of the pointer type. An expression of type T1 can be converted to type T2 if and only if the following conditions are satisfied:

  • the pointer types are similar.

  • for every j > 0, if const is in cv1,j then const is in cv2,j, and similarly for volatile.

  • if the cv1,j and cv2,j are different, then const is in every cv2,k for 0 < k < j.

Note: if a program could assign a pointer of type T** to a pointer of type const T** (that is, if line #1 below were allowed), a program could inadvertently modify a const object (as it is done on line #2). For example,

int main() {
  const char c = 'c';
  char* pc;
  const char** pcc = &pc;       // #1: not allowed
  *pcc = &c;
  *pc = 'C';                    // #2: modifies a const object
}

 — end note ]

A multi-level pointer to member type, or a multi-level mixed pointer and pointer to member type has the form:

cv0 P0 to cv1P1 to cvn-1Pn-1 to cvn T

where Pi is either a pointer or pointer to member and where T is not a pointer type or pointer to member type.

Two multi-level pointer to member types or two multi-level mixed pointer and pointer to member types T1 and T2 are similar if there exists a type T and integer n > 0 such that:

T1 is cv1,0P0 to cv1,1P1 to cv1,n-1Pn-1 to cv1,n T

and

T2 is cv2,0P0 to cv2,1P1 to cv2,n-1Pn-1 to cv2,n T

For similar multi-level pointer to member types and similar multi-level mixed pointer and pointer to member types, the rules for adding cv-qualifiers are the same as those used for similar pointer types.

These rules ensure that const-safety is preserved by the conversion.

4.5 Integral promotions [conv.prom]

A prvalue of an integer type other than bool, char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t whose integer conversion rank ([conv.rank]) is less than the rank of int can be converted to a prvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise, the source prvalue can be converted to a prvalue of type unsigned int.

A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t ([basic.fundamental]) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its underlying type, a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type.

A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not fixed ([dcl.enum]) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in [dcl.enum]): int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of the enumeration, a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type can be converted to a prvalue of the extended integer type with lowest integer conversion rank ([conv.rank]) greater than the rank of long long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen.

A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed ([dcl.enum]) can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type.

A prvalue for an integral bit-field ([class.bit]) can be converted to a prvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other value of that type for promotion purposes.

A prvalue of type bool can be converted to a prvalue of type int, with false becoming zero and true becoming one.

These conversions are called integral promotions.

4.6 Floating point promotion [conv.fpprom]

A prvalue of type float can be converted to a prvalue of type double. The value is unchanged.

This conversion is called floating point promotion.

4.7 Integral conversions [conv.integral]

A prvalue of an integer type can be converted to a prvalue of another integer type. A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type can be converted to a prvalue of an integer type.

If the destination type is unsigned, the resulting value is the least unsigned integer congruent to the source integer (modulo 2n where n is the number of bits used to represent the unsigned type). [ Note: In a two's complement representation, this conversion is conceptual and there is no change in the bit pattern (if there is no truncation).  — end note ]

If the destination type is signed, the value is unchanged if it can be represented in the destination type (and bit-field width); otherwise, the value is implementation-defined.

If the destination type is bool, see [conv.bool]. If the source type is bool, the value false is converted to zero and the value true is converted to one.

The conversions allowed as integral promotions are excluded from the set of integral conversions.

4.8 Floating point conversions [conv.double]

A prvalue of floating point type can be converted to a prvalue of another floating point type. If the source value can be exactly represented in the destination type, the result of the conversion is that exact representation. If the source value is between two adjacent destination values, the result of the conversion is an implementation-defined choice of either of those values. Otherwise, the behavior is undefined.

The conversions allowed as floating point promotions are excluded from the set of floating point conversions.

4.9 Floating-integral conversions [conv.fpint]

A prvalue of a floating point type can be converted to a prvalue of an integer type. The conversion truncates; that is, the fractional part is discarded. The behavior is undefined if the truncated value cannot be represented in the destination type. [ Note: If the destination type is bool, see [conv.bool].  — end note ]

A prvalue of an integer type or of an unscoped enumeration type can be converted to a prvalue of a floating point type. The result is exact if possible. If the value being converted is in the range of values that can be represented but the value cannot be represented exactly, it is an implementation-defined choice of either the next lower or higher representable value. [ Note: Loss of precision occurs if the integral value cannot be represented exactly as a value of the floating type.  — end note ] If the value being converted is outside the range of values that can be represented, the behavior is undefined. If the source type is bool, the value false is converted to zero and the value true is converted to one.

4.10 Pointer conversions [conv.ptr]

A null pointer constant is an integral constant expression ([expr.const]) prvalue of integer type that evaluates to zero or a prvalue of type std::nullptr_t. A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type; the result is the null pointer value of that type and is distinguishable from every other value of object pointer or function pointer type. Such a conversion is called a null pointer conversion. Two null pointer values of the same type shall compare equal. The conversion of a null pointer constant to a pointer to cv-qualified type is a single conversion, and not the sequence of a pointer conversion followed by a qualification conversion ([conv.qual]). A null pointer constant of integral type can be converted to a prvalue of type std::nullptr_t. [ Note: The resulting prvalue is not a null pointer value.  — end note ]

A prvalue of type “pointer to cv T,” where T is an object type, can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to cv void”. The result of converting a “pointer to cv T” to a “pointer to cv void” points to the start of the storage location where the object of type T resides, as if the object is a most derived object ([intro.object]) of type T (that is, not a base class subobject). The null pointer value is converted to the null pointer value of the destination type.

A prvalue of type “pointer to cv D”, where D is a class type, can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to cv B”, where B is a base class (Clause [class.derived]) of D. If B is an inaccessible (Clause [class.access]) or ambiguous ([class.member.lookup]) base class of D, a program that necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the conversion is a pointer to the base class subobject of the derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to the null pointer value of the destination type.

4.11 Pointer to member conversions [conv.mem]

A null pointer constant ([conv.ptr]) can be converted to a pointer to member type; the result is the null member pointer value of that type and is distinguishable from any pointer to member not created from a null pointer constant. Such a conversion is called a null member pointer conversion. Two null member pointer values of the same type shall compare equal. The conversion of a null pointer constant to a pointer to member of cv-qualified type is a single conversion, and not the sequence of a pointer to member conversion followed by a qualification conversion ([conv.qual]).

A prvalue of type “pointer to member of B of type cv T”, where B is a class type, can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to member of D of type cv T”, where D is a derived class (Clause [class.derived]) of B. If B is an inaccessible (Clause [class.access]), ambiguous ([class.member.lookup]), or virtual ([class.mi]) base class of D, or a base class of a virtual base class of D, a program that necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the conversion refers to the same member as the pointer to member before the conversion took place, but it refers to the base class member as if it were a member of the derived class. The result refers to the member in D's instance of B. Since the result has type “pointer to member of D of type cv T”, it can be dereferenced with a D object. The result is the same as if the pointer to member of B were dereferenced with the B subobject of D. The null member pointer value is converted to the null member pointer value of the destination type.57

The rule for conversion of pointers to members (from pointer to member of base to pointer to member of derived) appears inverted compared to the rule for pointers to objects (from pointer to derived to pointer to base) ([conv.ptr], Clause [class.derived]). This inversion is necessary to ensure type safety. Note that a pointer to member is not an object pointer or a function pointer and the rules for conversions of such pointers do not apply to pointers to members. In particular, a pointer to member cannot be converted to a void*.

4.12 Boolean conversions [conv.bool]

A prvalue of arithmetic, unscoped enumeration, pointer, or pointer to member type can be converted to a prvalue of type bool. A zero value, null pointer value, or null member pointer value is converted to false; any other value is converted to true. A prvalue of type std::nullptr_t can be converted to a prvalue of type bool; the resulting value is false.

4.13 Integer conversion rank [conv.rank]

Every integer type has an integer conversion rank defined as follows:

  • No two signed integer types other than char and signed char (if char is signed) shall have the same rank, even if they have the same representation.

  • The rank of a signed integer type shall be greater than the rank of any signed integer type with a smaller size.

  • The rank of long long int shall be greater than the rank of long int, which shall be greater than the rank of int, which shall be greater than the rank of short int, which shall be greater than the rank of signed char.

  • The rank of any unsigned integer type shall equal the rank of the corresponding signed integer type.

  • The rank of any standard integer type shall be greater than the rank of any extended integer type with the same size.

  • The rank of char shall equal the rank of signed char and unsigned char.

  • The rank of bool shall be less than the rank of all other standard integer types.

  • The ranks of char16_t, char32_t, and wchar_t shall equal the ranks of their underlying types ([basic.fundamental]).

  • The rank of any extended signed integer type relative to another extended signed integer type with the same size is implementation-defined, but still subject to the other rules for determining the integer conversion rank.

  • For all integer types T1, T2, and T3, if T1 has greater rank than T2 and T2 has greater rank than T3, then T1 shall have greater rank than T3.

Note: The integer conversion rank is used in the definition of the integral promotions ([conv.prom]) and the usual arithmetic conversions (Clause [expr]).  — end note ]

5 Expressions [expr]

Note: Clause [expr] defines the syntax, order of evaluation, and meaning of expressions.58 An expression is a sequence of operators and operands that specifies a computation. An expression can result in a value and can cause side effects.  — end note ]

Note: Operators can be overloaded, that is, given meaning when applied to expressions of class type (Clause [class]) or enumeration type ([dcl.enum]). Uses of overloaded operators are transformed into function calls as described in [over.oper]. Overloaded operators obey the rules for syntax specified in Clause [expr], but the requirements of operand type, value category, and evaluation order are replaced by the rules for function call. Relations between operators, such as ++a meaning a+=1, are not guaranteed for overloaded operators ([over.oper]), and are not guaranteed for operands of type bool.  — end note ]

Clause [expr] defines the effects of operators when applied to types for which they have not been overloaded. Operator overloading shall not modify the rules for the built-in operators, that is, for operators applied to types for which they are defined by this Standard. However, these built-in operators participate in overload resolution, and as part of that process user-defined conversions will be considered where necessary to convert the operands to types appropriate for the built-in operator. If a built-in operator is selected, such conversions will be applied to the operands before the operation is considered further according to the rules in Clause [expr]; see [over.match.oper], [over.built].

If during the evaluation of an expression, the result is not mathematically defined or not in the range of representable values for its type, the behavior is undefined. [ Note: most existing implementations of C++ ignore integer overflows. Treatment of division by zero, forming a remainder using a zero divisor, and all floating point exceptions vary among machines, and is usually adjustable by a library function.  — end note ]

If an expression initially has the type “reference to T” ([dcl.ref], [dcl.init.ref]), the type is adjusted to T prior to any further analysis. The expression designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue or an xvalue, depending on the expression.

Note: An expression is an xvalue if it is:

  • the result of calling a function, whether implicitly or explicitly, whose return type is an rvalue reference to object type,

  • a cast to an rvalue reference to object type,

  • a class member access expression designating a non-static data member of non-reference type in which the object expression is an xvalue, or

  • a .* pointer-to-member expression in which the first operand is an xvalue and the second operand is a pointer to data member.

In general, the effect of this rule is that named rvalue references are treated as lvalues and unnamed rvalue references to objects are treated as xvalues; rvalue references to functions are treated as lvalues whether named or not.  — end note ]

Example:

struct A {
  int m;
};
A&& operator+(A, A);
A&& f();

A a;
A&& ar = static_cast<A&&>(a);

The expressions f(), f().m, static_cast<A&&>(a), and a + a are xvalues. The expression ar is an lvalue.  — end example ]

In some contexts, unevaluated operands appear ([expr.typeid], [expr.sizeof], [expr.unary.noexcept], [dcl.type.simple]). An unevaluated operand is not evaluated. [ Note: In an unevaluated operand, a non-static class member may be named ([expr.prim]) and naming of objects or functions does not, by itself, require that a definition be provided ([basic.def.odr]).  — end note ]

Whenever a glvalue expression appears as an operand of an operator that expects a prvalue for that operand, the lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), or function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) standard conversions are applied to convert the expression to a prvalue. [ Note: because cv-qualifiers are removed from the type of an expression of non-class type when the expression is converted to a prvalue, an lvalue expression of type const int can, for example, be used where a prvalue expression of type int is required.  — end note ]

Many binary operators that expect operands of arithmetic or enumeration type cause conversions and yield result types in a similar way. The purpose is to yield a common type, which is also the type of the result. This pattern is called the usual arithmetic conversions, which are defined as follows:

  • If either operand is of scoped enumeration type ([dcl.enum]), no conversions are performed; if the other operand does not have the same type, the expression is ill-formed.

  • If either operand is of type long double, the other shall be converted to long double.

  • Otherwise, if either operand is double, the other shall be converted to double.

  • Otherwise, if either operand is float, the other shall be converted to float.

  • Otherwise, the integral promotions ([conv.prom]) shall be performed on both operands.59 Then the following rules shall be applied to the promoted operands:

    • If both operands have the same type, no further conversion is needed.

    • Otherwise, if both operands have signed integer types or both have unsigned integer types, the operand with the type of lesser integer conversion rank shall be converted to the type of the operand with greater rank.

    • Otherwise, if the operand that has unsigned integer type has rank greater than or equal to the rank of the type of the other operand, the operand with signed integer type shall be converted to the type of the operand with unsigned integer type.

    • Otherwise, if the type of the operand with signed integer type can represent all of the values of the type of the operand with unsigned integer type, the operand with unsigned integer type shall be converted to the type of the operand with signed integer type.

    • Otherwise, both operands shall be converted to the unsigned integer type corresponding to the type of the operand with signed integer type.

In some contexts, an expression only appears for its side effects. Such an expression is called a discarded-value expression. The expression is evaluated and its value is discarded. The array-to-pointer ([conv.array]) and function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) standard conversions are not applied. The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion ([conv.lval]) is applied only if the expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has one of the following forms:

The values of the floating operands and the results of floating expressions may be represented in greater precision and range than that required by the type; the types are not changed thereby.60

The precedence of operators is not directly specified, but it can be derived from the syntax.

As a consequence, operands of type bool, char16_t, char32_t, wchar_t, or an enumerated type are converted to some integral type.

The cast and assignment operators must still perform their specific conversions as described in [expr.cast], [expr.static.cast] and [expr.ass].

5.1 Primary expressions [expr.prim]

5.1.1 General [expr.prim.general]

primary-expression:
    literal
    this
    ( expression )
    id-expression
    lambda-expression
id-expression:
    unqualified-id
    qualified-id
unqualified-id:
    identifier
    operator-function-id
    conversion-function-id
    literal-operator-id
    ~ class-name
    ~ decltype-specifier
    template-id

A literal is a primary expression. Its type depends on its form ([lex.literal]). A string literal is an lvalue; all other literals are prvalues.

The keyword this names a pointer to the object for which a non-static member function ([class.this]) is invoked or a non-static data member's initializer ([class.mem]) is evaluated.

If a declaration declares a member function or member function template of a class X, the expression this is a prvalue of type “pointer to cv-qualifier-seq X” between the optional cv-qualifer-seq and the end of the function-definition, member-declarator, or declarator. It shall not appear before the optional cv-qualifier-seq and it shall not appear within the declaration of a static member function (although its type and value category are defined within a static member function as they are within a non-static member function). [ Note: this is because declaration matching does not occur until the complete declarator is known.  — end note ] Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to be of complete type for purposes of class member access ([expr.ref]) outside the member function body. [ Note: only class members declared prior to the declaration are visible.  — end note ] [ Example:

struct A {
  char g();
  template<class T> auto f(T t) -> decltype(t + g())
    { return t + g(); }
};
template auto A::f(int t) -> decltype(t + g());

 — end example ]

Otherwise, if a member-declarator declares a non-static data member ([class.mem]) of a class X, the expression this is a prvalue of type “pointer to X” within the optional brace-or-equal-initializer. It shall not appear elsewhere in the member-declarator.

The expression this shall not appear in any other context. [ Example:

class Outer {
  int a[sizeof(*this)];               // error: not inside a member function
  unsigned int sz = sizeof(*this);    // OK: in brace-or-equal-initializer

  void f() {
    int b[sizeof(*this)];             // OK

    struct Inner {
      int c[sizeof(*this)];           // error: not inside a member function of Inner
    };
  }
};

 — end example ]

A parenthesized expression is a primary expression whose type and value are identical to those of the enclosed expression. The presence of parentheses does not affect whether the expression is an lvalue. The parenthesized expression can be used in exactly the same contexts as those where the enclosed expression can be used, and with the same meaning, except as otherwise indicated.

An id-expression is a restricted form of a primary-expression. [ Note: an id-expression can appear after . and -> operators ([expr.ref]).  — end note ]

An identifier is an id-expression provided it has been suitably declared (Clause [dcl.dcl]). [ Note: for operator-function-ids, see [over.oper]; for conversion-function-ids, see [class.conv.fct]; for literal-operator-ids, see [over.literal]; for template-ids, see [temp.names]. A class-name or decltype-specifier prefixed by ~ denotes a destructor; see [class.dtor]. Within the definition of a non-static member function, an identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a class member access expression ([class.mfct.non-static]).  — end note ] The type of the expression is the type of the identifier. The result is the entity denoted by the identifier. The result is an lvalue if the entity is a function, variable, or data member and a prvalue otherwise.

qualified-id:
    nested-name-specifier templateopt unqualified-id
    :: identifier
    :: operator-function-id
    :: literal-operator-id
    :: template-id

nested-name-specifier:
    ::opt type-name ::
    ::opt namespace-name ::
    decltype-specifier ::
    nested-name-specifier identifier ::
    nested-name-specifier templateopt simple-template-id ::

A nested-name-specifier that denotes a class, optionally followed by the keyword template ([temp.names]), and then followed by the name of a member of either that class ([class.mem]) or one of its base classes (Clause [class.derived]), is a qualified-id; [class.qual] describes name lookup for class members that appear in qualified-ids. The result is the member. The type of the result is the type of the member. The result is an lvalue if the member is a static member function or a data member and a prvalue otherwise. [ Note: a class member can be referred to using a qualified-id at any point in its potential scope ([basic.scope.class]).  — end note ] Where class-name :: class-name is used, and the two class-names refer to the same class, this notation names the constructor ([class.ctor]). Where class-name ::~ class-name is used, the two class-names shall refer to the same class; this notation names the destructor ([class.dtor]). The form ~ decltype-specifier also denotes the destructor, but it shall not be used as the unqualified-id in a qualified-id. [ Note: a typedef-name that names a class is a class-name ([class.name]).  — end note ]

A ::, or a nested-name-specifier that names a namespace ([basic.namespace]), in either case followed by the name of a member of that namespace (or the name of a member of a namespace made visible by a using-directive) is a qualified-id; [namespace.qual] describes name lookup for namespace members that appear in qualified-ids. The result is the member. The type of the result is the type of the member. The result is an lvalue if the member is a function or a variable and a prvalue otherwise.

A nested-name-specifier that denotes an enumeration ([dcl.enum]), followed by the name of an enumerator of that enumeration, is a qualified-id that refers to the enumerator. The result is the enumerator. The type of the result is the type of the enumeration. The result is a prvalue.

In a qualified-id, if the unqualified-id is a conversion-function-id, its conversion-type-id shall denote the same type in both the context in which the entire qualified-id occurs and in the context of the class denoted by the nested-name-specifier.

An id-expression that denotes a non-static data member or non-static member function of a class can only be used:

This also applies when the object expression is an implicit (*this) ([class.mfct.non-static]).

5.1.2 Lambda expressions [expr.prim.lambda]

Lambda expressions provide a concise way to create simple function objects. [ Example:

#include <algorithm>
#include <cmath>
void abssort(float *x, unsigned N) {
  std::sort(x, x + N,
    [](float a, float b) {
      return std::abs(a) < std::abs(b);
    });
}

 — end example ]

lambda-expression:
    lambda-introducer lambda-declaratoropt compound-statement
lambda-introducer:
    [ lambda-captureopt ]
lambda-capture:
    capture-default
    capture-list
    capture-default , capture-list
capture-default:
    &
    =
capture-list:
    capture ...opt
    capture-list , capture ...opt
capture:
    identifier
    & identifier
    this
lambda-declarator:
    ( parameter-declaration-clause ) mutableopt
    exception-specificationopt attribute-specifier-seqopt trailing-return-typeopt

The evaluation of a lambda-expression results in a prvalue temporary ([class.temporary]). This temporary is called the closure object. A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand (Clause [expr]). [ Note: A closure object behaves like a function object ([function.objects]). — end note ]

The type of the lambda-expression (which is also the type of the closure object) is a unique, unnamed non-union class type — called the closure type — whose properties are described below. This class type is not an aggregate ([dcl.init.aggr]). The closure type is declared in the smallest block scope, class scope, or namespace scope that contains the corresponding lambda-expression. [ Note: This determines the set of namespaces and classes associated with the closure type ([basic.lookup.argdep]). The parameter types of a lambda-declarator do not affect these associated namespaces and classes.  — end note ] An implementation may define the closure type differently from what is described below provided this does not alter the observable behavior of the program other than by changing:

  • the size and/or alignment of the closure type,

  • whether the closure type is trivially copyable (Clause [class]),

  • whether the closure type is a standard-layout class (Clause [class]), or

  • whether the closure type is a POD class (Clause [class]).

An implementation shall not add members of rvalue reference type to the closure type.

If a lambda-expression does not include a lambda-declarator, it is as if the lambda-declarator were (). If a lambda-expression does not include a trailing-return-type, it is as if the trailing-return-type denotes the following type:

Example:

auto x1 = [](int i){ return i; }; // OK: return type is int
auto x2 = []{ return { 1, 2 }; }; // error: the return type is void (a
                                  // braced-init-list is not an expression)

 — end example ]

The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline function call operator ([over.call]) whose parameters and return type are described by the lambda-expression's parameter-declaration-clause and trailing-return-type respectively. This function call operator is declared const ([class.mfct.non-static]) if and only if the lambda-expression's parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable. It is neither virtual nor declared volatile. Default arguments ([dcl.fct.default]) shall not be specified in the parameter-declaration-clause of a lambda-declarator. Any exception-specification specified on a lambda-expression applies to the corresponding function call operator. An attribute-specifier-seq in a lambda-declarator appertains to the type of the corresponding function call operator. [ Note: Names referenced in the lambda-declarator are looked up in the context in which the lambda-expression appears.  — end note ]

The closure type for a lambda-expression with no lambda-capture has a public non-virtual non-explicit const conversion function to pointer to function having the same parameter and return types as the closure type's function call operator. The value returned by this conversion function shall be the address of a function that, when invoked, has the same effect as invoking the closure type's function call operator.

The lambda-expression's compound-statement yields the function-body ([dcl.fct.def]) of the function call operator, but for purposes of name lookup ([basic.lookup]), determining the type and value of this ([class.this]) and transforming id-expressions referring to non-static class members into class member access expressions using (*this) ([class.mfct.non-static]), the compound-statement is considered in the context of the lambda-expression. [ Example:

struct S1 {
  int x, y;
  int operator()(int);
  void f() {
    [=]()->int {
      return operator()(this->x + y); // equivalent to S1::operator()(this->x + (*this).y)
                                      // this has type S1*
    };
  }
};

 — end example ]

If a lambda-capture includes a capture-default that is &, the identifiers in the lambda-capture shall not be preceded by &. If a lambda-capture includes a capture-default that is =, the lambda-capture shall not contain this and each identifier it contains shall be preceded by &. An identifier or this shall not appear more than once in a lambda-capture. [ Example:

struct S2 { void f(int i); };
void S2::f(int i) {
  [&, i]{ };    // OK
  [&, &i]{ };   // error: i preceded by & when & is the default
  [=, this]{ }; // error: this when = is the default
  [i, i]{ };    // error: i repeated
}

 — end example ]

A lambda-expression whose smallest enclosing scope is a block scope ([basic.scope.local]) is a local lambda expression; any other lambda-expression shall not have a capture-list in its lambda-introducer. The reaching scope of a local lambda expression is the set of enclosing scopes up to and including the innermost enclosing function and its parameters. [ Note: This reaching scope includes any intervening lambda-expressions.  — end note ]

The identifiers in a capture-list are looked up using the usual rules for unqualified name lookup ([basic.lookup.unqual]); each such lookup shall find a variable with automatic storage duration declared in the reaching scope of the local lambda expression. An entity (i.e. a variable or this) is said to be explicitly captured if it appears in the lambda-expression's capture-list.

If a lambda-expression has an associated capture-default and its compound-statement odr-uses ([basic.def.odr]) this or a variable with automatic storage duration and the odr-used entity is not explicitly captured, then the odr-used entity is said to be implicitly captured; such entities shall be declared within the reaching scope of the lambda expression. [ Note: The implicit capture of an entity by a nested lambda-expression can cause its implicit capture by the containing lambda-expression (see below). Implicit odr-uses of this can result in implicit capture.  — end note ]

An entity is captured if it is captured explicitly or implicitly. An entity captured by a lambda-expression is odr-used ([basic.def.odr]) in the scope containing the lambda-expression. If this is captured by a local lambda expression, its nearest enclosing function shall be a non-static member function. If a lambda-expression odr-uses ([basic.def.odr]) this or a variable with automatic storage duration from its reaching scope, that entity shall be captured by the lambda-expression. If a lambda-expression captures an entity and that entity is not defined or captured in the immediately enclosing lambda expression or function, the program is ill-formed. [ Example:

void f1(int i) {
  int const N = 20;
  auto m1 = [=]{
    int const M = 30;
    auto m2 = [i]{
      int x[N][M];              // OK: N and M are not odr-used
      x[0][0] = i;              // OK: i is explicitly captured by m2
                                // and implicitly captured by m1
    };
  };
  struct s1 {
    int f;
    void work(int n) {
      int m = n*n;
      int j = 40;
      auto m3 = [this,m] {
        auto m4 = [&,j] {       // error: j not captured by m3
          int x = n;            // error: n implicitly captured by m4
                                // but not captured by m3
          x += m;               // OK: m implicitly captured by m4
                                // and explicitly captured by m3
          x += i;               // error: i is outside of the reaching scope
          x += f;               // OK: this captured implicitly by m4
                                // and explicitly by m3
        };
      };
    }
  };
}

 — end example ]

A lambda-expression appearing in a default argument shall not implicitly or explicitly capture any entity. [ Example:

void f2() {
  int i = 1;
  void g1(int = ([i]{ return i; })());        // ill-formed
  void g2(int = ([i]{ return 0; })());        // ill-formed
  void g3(int = ([=]{ return i; })());        // ill-formed
  void g4(int = ([=]{ return 0; })());        // OK
  void g5(int = ([]{ return sizeof i; })());  // OK
}

 — end example ]

An entity is captured by copy if it is implicitly captured and the capture-default is = or if it is explicitly captured with a capture that does not include an &. For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static data member is declared in the closure type. The declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type of such a data member is the type of the corresponding captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an object, or the referenced type otherwise. [ Note: If the captured entity is a reference to a function, the corresponding data member is also a reference to a function.  — end note ]

An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data members are declared in the closure type for entities captured by reference.

If a lambda-expression m2 captures an entity and that entity is captured by an immediately enclosing lambda-expression m1, then m2's capture is transformed as follows:

  • if m1 captures the entity by copy, m2 captures the corresponding non-static data member of m1's closure type;

  • if m1 captures the entity by reference, m2 captures the same entity captured by m1.

Example: the nested lambda expressions and invocations below will output 123234.

int a = 1, b = 1, c = 1;
auto m1 = [a, &b, &c]() mutable {
  auto m2 = [a, b, &c]() mutable {
    std::cout << a << b << c;
    a = 4; b = 4; c = 4;
  };
  a = 3; b = 3; c = 3;
  m2();
};
a = 2; b = 2; c = 2;
m1();
std::cout << a << b << c;

 — end example ]

Every id-expression that is an odr-use ([basic.def.odr]) of an entity captured by copy is transformed into an access to the corresponding unnamed data member of the closure type. [ Note: An id-expression that is not an odr-use refers to the original entity, never to a member of the closure type. Furthermore, such an id-expression does not cause the implicit capture of the entity.  — end note ] If this is captured, each odr-use of this is transformed into an access to the corresponding unnamed data member of the closure type, cast ([expr.cast]) to the type of this. [ Note: The cast ensures that the transformed expression is a prvalue.  — end note ] [ Example:

void f(const int*);
void g() {
  const int N = 10;
  [=] {
    int arr[N];             // OK: not an odr-use, refers to automatic variable
    f(&N);                  // OK: causes N to be captured; &N points to the
                            // corresponding member of the closure type
  }
}

 — end example ]

Every occurrence of decltype((x)) where x is a possibly parenthesized id-expression that names an entity of automatic storage duration is treated as if x were transformed into an access to a corresponding data member of the closure type that would have been declared if x were an odr-use of the denoted entity. [ Example:

void f3() {
  float x, &r = x;
  [=] {                     // x and r are not captured (appearance in a decltype operand is not an odr-use)
    decltype(x) y1;         // y1 has type float
    decltype((x)) y2 = y1;  // y2 has type float const& because this lambda
                            // is not mutable and x is an lvalue
    decltype(r) r1 = y1;    // r1 has type float& (transformation not considered)
    decltype((r)) r2 = y2;  // r2 has type float const&
  };
}

 — end example ]

The closure type associated with a lambda-expression has a deleted ([dcl.fct.def.delete]) default constructor and a deleted copy assignment operator. It has an implicitly-declared copy constructor ([class.copy]) and may have an implicitly-declared move constructor ([class.copy]). [ Note: The copy/move constructor is implicitly defined in the same way as any other implicitly declared copy/move constructor would be implicitly defined.  — end note ]

The closure type associated with a lambda-expression has an implicitly-declared destructor ([class.dtor]).

When the lambda-expression is evaluated, the entities that are captured by copy are used to direct-initialize each corresponding non-static data member of the resulting closure object. (For array members, the array elements are direct-initialized in increasing subscript order.) These initializations are performed in the (unspecified) order in which the non-static data members are declared. [ Note: This ensures that the destructions will occur in the reverse order of the constructions.  — end note ]

Note: If an entity is implicitly or explicitly captured by reference, invoking the function call operator of the corresponding lambda-expression after the lifetime of the entity has ended is likely to result in undefined behavior.  — end note ]

A capture followed by an ellipsis is a pack expansion ([temp.variadic]). [ Example:

template<class... Args>
void f(Args... args) {
  auto lm = [&, args...] { return g(args...); };
  lm();
}

 — end example ]

5.2 Postfix expressions [expr.post]

Note: The > token following the type-id in a dynamic_cast, static_cast, reinterpret_cast, or const_cast may be the product of replacing a >> token by two consecutive > tokens ([temp.names]). — end note ]

5.2.1 Subscripting [expr.sub]

A postfix expression followed by an expression in square brackets is a postfix expression. One of the expressions shall have the type “pointer to T” and the other shall have unscoped enumeration or integral type. The result is an lvalue of type “T.” The type “T” shall be a completely-defined object type.62 The expression E1[E2] is identical (by definition) to *((E1)+(E2))Note: see [expr.unary] and [expr.add] for details of * and + and [dcl.array] for details of arrays.  — end note ]

A braced-init-list shall not be used with the built-in subscript operator.

This is true even if the subscript operator is used in the following common idiom: &x[0].

5.2.2 Function call [expr.call]

There are two kinds of function call: ordinary function call and member function63 ([class.mfct]) call. A function call is a postfix expression followed by parentheses containing a possibly empty, comma-separated list of expressions which constitute the arguments to the function. For an ordinary function call, the postfix expression shall be either an lvalue that refers to a function (in which case the function-to-pointer standard conversion ([conv.func]) is suppressed on the postfix expression), or it shall have pointer to function type. Calling a function through an expression whose function type has a language linkage that is different from the language linkage of the function type of the called function's definition is undefined ([dcl.link]). For a member function call, the postfix expression shall be an implicit ([class.mfct.non-static], [class.static]) or explicit class member access ([expr.ref]) whose id-expression is a function member name, or a pointer-to-member expression ([expr.mptr.oper]) selecting a function member; the call is as a member of the class object referred to by the object expression. In the case of an implicit class member access, the implied object is the one pointed to by this. [ Note: a member function call of the form f() is interpreted as (*this).f() (see [class.mfct.non-static]).  — end note ] If a function or member function name is used, the name can be overloaded (Clause [over]), in which case the appropriate function shall be selected according to the rules in [over.match]. If the selected function is non-virtual, or if the id-expression in the class member access expression is a qualified-id, that function is called. Otherwise, its final overrider ([class.virtual]) in the dynamic type of the object expression is called. [ Note: the dynamic type is the type of the object referred to by the current value of the object expression. [class.cdtor] describes the behavior of virtual function calls when the object expression refers to an object under construction or destruction.  — end note ]

Note: If a function or member function name is used, and name lookup ([basic.lookup]) does not find a declaration of that name, the program is ill-formed. No function is implicitly declared by such a call.  — end note ]

If the postfix-expression designates a destructor ([class.dtor]), the type of the function call expression is void; otherwise, the type of the function call expression is the return type of the statically chosen function (i.e., ignoring the virtual keyword), even if the type of the function actually called is different. This type shall be an object type, a reference type or the type void.

When a function is called, each parameter ([dcl.fct]) shall be initialized ([dcl.init], [class.copy], [class.ctor]) with its corresponding argument. [ Note: Such initializations are indeterminately sequenced with respect to each other ([intro.execution])  — end note ] If the function is a non-static member function, the this parameter of the function ([class.this]) shall be initialized with a pointer to the object of the call, converted as if by an explicit type conversion ([expr.cast]). [ Note: There is no access or ambiguity checking on this conversion; the access checking and disambiguation are done as part of the (possibly implicit) class member access operator. See [class.member.lookup], [class.access.base], and [expr.ref].  — end note ] When a function is called, the parameters that have object type shall have completely-defined object type. [ Note: this still allows a parameter to be a pointer or reference to an incomplete class type. However, it prevents a passed-by-value parameter to have an incomplete class type.  — end note ] During the initialization of a parameter, an implementation may avoid the construction of extra temporaries by combining the conversions on the associated argument and/or the construction of temporaries with the initialization of the parameter (see [class.temporary]). The lifetime of a parameter ends when the function in which it is defined returns. The initialization and destruction of each parameter occurs within the context of the calling function. [ Example: the access of the constructor, conversion functions or destructor is checked at the point of call in the calling function. If a constructor or destructor for a function parameter throws an exception, the search for a handler starts in the scope of the calling function; in particular, if the function called has a function-try-block (Clause [except]) with a handler that could handle the exception, this handler is not considered.  — end example ] The value of a function call is the value returned by the called function except in a virtual function call if the return type of the final overrider is different from the return type of the statically chosen function, the value returned from the final overrider is converted to the return type of the statically chosen function.

Note: a function can change the values of its non-const parameters, but these changes cannot affect the values of the arguments except where a parameter is of a reference type ([dcl.ref]); if the reference is to a const-qualified type, const_cast is required to be used to cast away the constness in order to modify the argument's value. Where a parameter is of const reference type a temporary object is introduced if needed ([dcl.type], [lex.literal], [lex.string], [dcl.array], [class.temporary]). In addition, it is possible to modify the values of nonconstant objects through pointer parameters.  — end note ]

A function can be declared to accept fewer arguments (by declaring default arguments ([dcl.fct.default])) or more arguments (by using the ellipsis, ..., or a function parameter pack ([dcl.fct])) than the number of parameters in the function definition ([dcl.fct.def]). [ Note: this implies that, except where the ellipsis (...) or a function parameter pack is used, a parameter is available for each argument.  — end note ]

When there is no parameter for a given argument, the argument is passed in such a way that the receiving function can obtain the value of the argument by invoking va_arg ([support.runtime]). [ Note: This paragraph does not apply to arguments passed to a function parameter pack. Function parameter packs are expanded during template instantiation ([temp.variadic]), thus each such argument has a corresponding parameter when a function template specialization is actually called.  — end note ] The lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), and function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) standard conversions are performed on the argument expression. An argument that has (possibly cv-qualified) type std::nullptr_t is converted to type void* ([conv.ptr]). After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic, enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program is ill-formed. Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause [class]) having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor, or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter, is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics. If the argument has integral or enumeration type that is subject to the integral promotions ([conv.prom]), or a floating point type that is subject to the floating point promotion ([conv.fpprom]), the value of the argument is converted to the promoted type before the call. These promotions are referred to as the default argument promotions.

Note: The evaluations of the postfix expression and of the argument expressions are all unsequenced relative to one another. All side effects of argument expression evaluations are sequenced before the function is entered (see [intro.execution]).  — end note ]

Recursive calls are permitted, except to the function named main ([basic.start.main]).

A function call is an lvalue if the result type is an lvalue reference type or an rvalue reference to function type, an xvalue if the result type is an rvalue reference to object type, and a prvalue otherwise.

If a function call is a prvalue of object type:

  • if the function call is either

    a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. The type of the prvalue may be incomplete. [ Note: as a result, storage is not allocated for the prvalue and it is not destroyed; thus, a class type is not instantiated as a result of being the type of a function call in this context. This is true regardless of whether the expression uses function call notation or operator notation ([over.match.oper]).  — end note ] [ Note: unlike the rule for a decltype-specifier that considers whether an id-expression is parenthesized ([dcl.type.simple]), parentheses have no special meaning in this context.  — end note ]

  • otherwise, the type of the prvalue shall be complete.

A static member function ([class.static]) is an ordinary function.

5.2.3 Explicit type conversion (functional notation) [expr.type.conv]

A simple-type-specifier ([dcl.type.simple]) or typename-specifier ([temp.res]) followed by a parenthesized expression-list constructs a value of the specified type given the expression list. If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the corresponding cast expression ([expr.cast]). If the type specified is a class type, the class type shall be complete. If the expression list specifies more than a single value, the type shall be a class with a suitably declared constructor ([dcl.init], [class.ctor]), and the expression T(x1, x2, ...) is equivalent in effect to the declaration T t(x1, x2, ...); for some invented temporary variable t, with the result being the value of t as a prvalue.

The expression T(), where T is a simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue of the specified type,which is value-initialized ([dcl.init]; no initialization is done for the void() case). [ Note: if T is a non-class type that is cv-qualified, the cv-qualifiers are ignored when determining the type of the resulting prvalue ([basic.lval]).  — end note ]

Similarly, a simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier followed by a braced-init-list creates a temporary object of the specified type direct-list-initialized ([dcl.init.list]) with the specified braced-init-list, and its value is that temporary object as a prvalue.

5.2.4 Pseudo destructor call [expr.pseudo]

The use of a pseudo-destructor-name after a dot . or arrow -> operator represents the destructor for the non-class type denoted by type-name or decltype-specifier. The result shall only be used as the operand for the function call operator (), and the result of such a call has type void. The only effect is the evaluation of the postfix-expression before the dot or arrow.

The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. This scalar type is the object type. The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the form

nested-name-specifieropt type-name :: ~ type-name

shall designate the same scalar type.

5.2.5 Class member access [expr.ref]

A postfix expression followed by a dot . or an arrow ->, optionally followed by the keyword template ([temp.names]), and then followed by an id-expression, is a postfix expression. The postfix expression before the dot or arrow is evaluated;64 the result of that evaluation, together with the id-expression, determines the result of the entire postfix expression.

For the first option (dot) the first expression shall have complete class type. For the second option (arrow) the first expression shall have pointer to complete class type. The expression E1->E2 is converted to the equivalent form (*(E1)).E2; the remainder of [expr.ref] will address only the first option (dot).65 In either case, the id-expression shall name a member of the class or of one of its base classes. [ Note: because the name of a class is inserted in its class scope (Clause [class]), the name of a class is also considered a nested member of that class.  — end note ] [ Note: [basic.lookup.classref] describes how names are looked up after the . and -> operators.  — end note ]

Abbreviating postfix-expression.id-expression as E1.E2, E1 is called the object expression. The type and value category of E1.E2 are determined as follows. In the remainder of [expr.ref], cq represents either const or the absence of const and vq represents either volatile or the absence of volatile. cv represents an arbitrary set of cv-qualifiers, as defined in [basic.type.qualifier].

If E2 is declared to have type “reference to T,” then E1.E2 is an lvalue; the type of E1.E2 is T. Otherwise, one of the following rules applies.

  • If E2 is a static data member and the type of E2 is T, then E1.E2 is an lvalue; the expression designates the named member of the class. The type of E1.E2 is T.

  • If E2 is a non-static data member and the type of E1 is “cq1 vq1 X”, and the type of E2 is “cq2 vq2 T”, the expression designates the named member of the object designated by the first expression. If E1 is an lvalue, then E1.E2 is an lvalue; if E1 is an xvalue, then E1.E2 is an xvalue; otherwise, it is a prvalue. Let the notation vq12 stand for the “union” of vq1 and vq2; that is, if vq1 or vq2 is volatile, then vq12 is volatile. Similarly, let the notation cq12 stand for the “union” of cq1 and cq2; that is, if cq1 or cq2 is const, then cq12 is const. If E2 is declared to be a mutable member, then the type of E1.E2 is “vq12 T”. If E2 is not declared to be a mutable member, then the type of E1.E2 is “cq12 vq12 T”.

  • If E2 is a (possibly overloaded) member function, function overload resolution ([over.match]) is used to determine whether E1.E2 refers to a static or a non-static member function.

    • If it refers to a static member function and the type of E2 is “function of parameter-type-list returning T”, then E1.E2 is an lvalue; the expression designates the static member function. The type of E1.E2 is the same type as that of E2, namely “function of parameter-type-list returning T”.

    • Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function and the type of E2 is “function of parameter-type-list cv ref-qualifieropt returning T”, then E1.E2 is a prvalue. The expression designates a non-static member function. The expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a member function call ([class.mfct]). [ Note: Any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the expression is ignored ([expr.prim]).  — end note ] The type of E1.E2 is “function of parameter-type-list cv returning T”.

  • If E2 is a nested type, the expression E1.E2 is ill-formed.

  • If E2 is a member enumerator and the type of E2 is T, the expression E1.E2 is a prvalue. The type of E1.E2 is T.

If E2 is a non-static data member or a non-static member function, the program is ill-formed if the class of which E2 is directly a member is an ambiguous base ([class.member.lookup]) of the naming class ([class.access.base]) of E2. [ Note: The program is also ill-formed if the naming class is an ambiguous base of the class type of the object expression; see [class.access.base].  — end note ]

If the class member access expression is evaluated, the subexpression evaluation happens even if the result is unnecessary to determine the value of the entire postfix expression, for example if the id-expression denotes a static member.

Note that (*(E1)) is an lvalue.

5.2.6 Increment and decrement [expr.post.incr]

The value of a postfix ++ expression is the value of its operand. [ Note: the value obtained is a copy of the original value  — end note ] The operand shall be a modifiable lvalue. The type of the operand shall be an arithmetic type or a pointer to a complete object type. The value of the operand object is modified by adding 1 to it, unless the object is of type bool, in which case it is set to true. [ Note: this use is deprecated, see Annex [depr].  — end note ] The value computation of the ++ expression is sequenced before the modification of the operand object. With respect to an indeterminately-sequenced function call, the operation of postfix ++ is a single evaluation. [ Note: Therefore, a function call shall not intervene between the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion and the side effect associated with any single postfix ++ operator.  — end note ] The result is a prvalue. The type of the result is the cv-unqualified version of the type of the operand. See also [expr.add] and [expr.ass].

The operand of postfix -- is decremented analogously to the postfix ++ operator, except that the operand shall not be of type bool. [ Note: For prefix increment and decrement, see [expr.pre.incr].  — end note ]

5.2.7 Dynamic cast [expr.dynamic.cast]

The result of the expression dynamic_cast<T>(v) is the result of converting the expression v to type T. T shall be a pointer or reference to a complete class type, or “pointer to cv void.” The dynamic_cast operator shall not cast away constness ([expr.const.cast]).

If T is a pointer type, v shall be a prvalue of a pointer to complete class type, and the result is a prvalue of type T. If T is an lvalue reference type, v shall be an lvalue of a complete class type, and the result is an lvalue of the type referred to by T. If T is an rvalue reference type, v shall be an expression having a complete class type, and the result is an xvalue of the type referred to by T.

If the type of v is the same as T, or it is the same as T except that the class object type in T is more cv-qualified than the class object type in v, the result is v (converted if necessary).

If the value of v is a null pointer value in the pointer case, the result is the null pointer value of type T.

If T is “pointer to cv1 B” and v has type “pointer to cv2 D” such that B is a base class of D, the result is a pointer to the unique B subobject of the D object pointed to by v. Similarly, if T is “reference to cv1 B” and v has type cv2 D such that B is a base class of D, the result is the unique B subobject of the D object referred to by v. 66 The result is an lvalue if T is an lvalue reference, or an xvalue if T is an rvalue reference. In both the pointer and reference cases, the program is ill-formed if cv2 has greater cv-qualification than cv1 or if B is an inaccessible or ambiguous base class of D. [ Example:

struct B { };
struct D : B { };
void foo(D* dp) {
  B*  bp = dynamic_cast<B*>(dp);    // equivalent to B* bp = dp;
}

 — end example ]

Otherwise, v shall be a pointer to or an lvalue of a polymorphic type ([class.virtual]).

If T is “pointer to cv void,” then the result is a pointer to the most derived object pointed to by v. Otherwise, a run-time check is applied to see if the object pointed or referred to by v can be converted to the type pointed or referred to by T.

If C is the class type to which T points or refers, the run-time check logically executes as follows:

  • If, in the most derived object pointed (referred) to by v, v points (refers) to a public base class subobject of a C object, and if only one object of type C is derived from the subobject pointed (referred) to by v the result points (refers) to that C object.

  • Otherwise, if v points (refers) to a public base class subobject of the most derived object, and the type of the most derived object has a base class, of type C, that is unambiguous and public, the result points (refers) to the C subobject of the most derived object.

  • Otherwise, the run-time check fails.

The value of a failed cast to pointer type is the null pointer value of the required result type. A failed cast to reference type throws std::bad_cast ([bad.cast]).

Example:

class A { virtual void f(); };
class B { virtual void g(); };
class D : public virtual A, private B { };
void g() {
  D   d;
  B*  bp = (B*)&d;                  // cast needed to break protection
  A*  ap = &d;                      // public derivation, no cast needed
  D&  dr = dynamic_cast<D&>(*bp);   // fails
  ap = dynamic_cast<A*>(bp);        // fails
  bp = dynamic_cast<B*>(ap);        // fails
  ap = dynamic_cast<A*>(&d);        // succeeds
  bp = dynamic_cast<B*>(&d);        // ill-formed (not a run-time check)
}

class E : public D, public B { };
class F : public E, public D { };
void h() {
  F   f;
  A*  ap  = &f;                     // succeeds: finds unique A
  D*  dp  = dynamic_cast<D*>(ap);   // fails: yields 0
                                    // f has two D subobjects
  E*  ep  = (E*)ap;                 // ill-formed: cast from virtual base
  E*  ep1 = dynamic_cast<E*>(ap);   // succeeds
}

 — end example ] [ Note: [class.cdtor] describes the behavior of a dynamic_cast applied to an object under construction or destruction.  — end note ]

The most derived object ([intro.object]) pointed or referred to by v can contain other B objects as base classes, but these are ignored.

5.2.8 Type identification [expr.typeid]

The result of a typeid expression is an lvalue of static type const std::type_info ([type.info]) and dynamic type const std::type_info or const name where name is an implementation-defined class publicly derived from std :: type_info which preserves the behavior described in [type.info].67 The lifetime of the object referred to by the lvalue extends to the end of the program. Whether or not the destructor is called for the std::type_info object at the end of the program is unspecified.

When typeid is applied to a glvalue expression whose type is a polymorphic class type ([class.virtual]), the result refers to a std::type_info object representing the type of the most derived object ([intro.object]) (that is, the dynamic type) to which the glvalue refers. If the glvalue expression is obtained by applying the unary * operator to a pointer68 and the pointer is a null pointer value ([conv.ptr]), the typeid expression throws the std::bad_typeid exception ([bad.typeid]).

When typeid is applied to an expression other than a glvalue of a polymorphic class type, the result refers to a std::type_info object representing the static type of the expression. Lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), and function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) conversions are not applied to the expression. If the type of the expression is a class type, the class shall be completely-defined. The expression is an unevaluated operand (Clause [expr]).

When typeid is applied to a type-id, the result refers to a std::type_info object representing the type of the type-id. If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced type. If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class type, the class shall be completely-defined.

The top-level cv-qualifiers of the glvalue expression or the type-id that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. [ Example:

class D { /* ... */ };
D d1;
const D d2;

typeid(d1) == typeid(d2);       // yields true
typeid(D)  == typeid(const D);  // yields true
typeid(D)  == typeid(d2);       // yields true
typeid(D)  == typeid(const D&); // yields true

 — end example ]

If the header <typeinfo> ([type.info]) is not included prior to a use of typeid, the program is ill-formed.

Note: [class.cdtor] describes the behavior of typeid applied to an object under construction or destruction.  — end note ]

The recommended name for such a class is extended_type_info.

If p is an expression of pointer type, then *p, (*p), *(p), ((*p)), *((p)), and so on all meet this requirement.

5.2.9 Static cast [expr.static.cast]

The result of the expression static_cast<T>(v) is the result of converting the expression v to type T. If T is an lvalue reference type or an rvalue reference to function type, the result is an lvalue; if T is an rvalue reference to object type, the result is an xvalue; otherwise, the result is a prvalue. The static_cast operator shall not cast away constness ([expr.const.cast]).

An lvalue of type “cv1 B,” where B is a class type, can be cast to type “reference to cv2 D,” where D is a class derived (Clause [class.derived]) from B, if a valid standard conversion from “pointer to D” to “pointer to B” exists ([conv.ptr]), cv2 is the same cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv1, and B is neither a virtual base class of D nor a base class of a virtual base class of D. The result has type “cv2 D.” An xvalue of type “cv1 B” may be cast to type “rvalue reference to cv2 D” with the same constraints as for an lvalue of type “cv1 B.” If the object of type “cv1 B” is actually a subobject of an object of type D, the result refers to the enclosing object of type D. Otherwise, the result of the cast is undefined. [ Example:

struct B { };
struct D : public B { };
D d;
B &br = d;

static_cast<D&>(br);            // produces lvalue to the original d object

 — end example ]

A glvalue of type “cv1 T1” can be cast to type “rvalue reference to cv2 T2” if “cv2 T2” is reference-compatible with “cv1 T1” ([dcl.init.ref]). The result refers to the object or the specified base class subobject thereof. If T2 is an inaccessible (Clause [class.access]) or ambiguous ([class.member.lookup]) base class of T1, a program that necessitates such a cast is ill-formed.

Otherwise, an expression e can be explicitly converted to a type T using a static_cast of the form static_cast<T>(e) if the declaration T t(e); is well-formed, for some invented temporary variable t ([dcl.init]). The effect of such an explicit conversion is the same as performing the declaration and initialization and then using the temporary variable as the result of the conversion. The expression e is used as a glvalue if and only if the initialization uses it as a glvalue.

Otherwise, the static_cast shall perform one of the conversions listed below. No other conversion shall be performed explicitly using a static_cast.

Any expression can be explicitly converted to type cv void, in which case it becomes a discarded-value expression (Clause [expr]). [ Note: however, if the value is in a temporary object ([class.temporary]), the destructor for that object is not executed until the usual time, and the value of the object is preserved for the purpose of executing the destructor.  — end note ]

The inverse of any standard conversion sequence (Clause [conv]) not containing an lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), function-to-pointer ([conv.func]), null pointer ([conv.ptr]), null member pointer ([conv.mem]), or boolean ([conv.bool]) conversion, can be performed explicitly using static_cast. A program is ill-formed if it uses static_cast to perform the inverse of an ill-formed standard conversion sequence. [ Example:

struct B { };
struct D : private B { };
void f() {
  static_cast<D*>((B*)0);               // Error: B is a private base of D.
  static_cast<int B::*>((int D::*)0);   // Error: B is a private base of D.
}

 — end example ]

The lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), and function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) conversions are applied to the operand. Such a static_cast is subject to the restriction that the explicit conversion does not cast away constness ([expr.const.cast]), and the following additional rules for specific cases:

A value of a scoped enumeration type ([dcl.enum]) can be explicitly converted to an integral type. The value is unchanged if the original value can be represented by the specified type. Otherwise, the resulting value is unspecified. A value of a scoped enumeration type can also be explicitly converted to a floating-point type; the result is the same as that of converting from the original value to the floating-point type.

A value of integral or enumeration type can be explicitly converted to an enumeration type. The value is unchanged if the original value is within the range of the enumeration values ([dcl.enum]). Otherwise, the resulting value is unspecified (and might not be in that range). A value of floating-point type can also be converted to an enumeration type. The resulting value is the same as converting the original value to the underlying type of the enumeration ([conv.fpint]), and subsequently to the enumeration type.

A prvalue of type “pointer to cv1 B,” where B is a class type, can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to cv2 D,” where D is a class derived (Clause [class.derived]) from B, if a valid standard conversion from “pointer to D” to “pointer to B” exists ([conv.ptr]), cv2 is the same cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv1, and B is neither a virtual base class of D nor a base class of a virtual base class of D. The null pointer value ([conv.ptr]) is converted to the null pointer value of the destination type. If the prvalue of type “pointer to cv1 B” points to a B that is actually a subobject of an object of type D, the resulting pointer points to the enclosing object of type D. Otherwise, the result of the cast is undefined.

A prvalue of type “pointer to member of D of type cv1 T” can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to member of B” of type cv2 T, where B is a base class (Clause [class.derived]) of D, if a valid standard conversion from “pointer to member of B of type T” to “pointer to member of D of type T” exists ([conv.mem]), and cv2 is the same cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv1.69 The null member pointer value ([conv.mem]) is converted to the null member pointer value of the destination type. If class B contains the original member, or is a base or derived class of the class containing the original member, the resulting pointer to member points to the original member. Otherwise, the result of the cast is undefined. [ Note: although class B need not contain the original member, the dynamic type of the object on which the pointer to member is dereferenced must contain the original member; see [expr.mptr.oper].  — end note ]

A prvalue of type “pointer to cv1 void” can be converted to a prvalue of type “pointer to cv2 T,” where T is an object type and cv2 is the same cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv1. The null pointer value is converted to the null pointer value of the destination type. A value of type pointer to object converted to “pointer to cv void” and back, possibly with different cv-qualification, shall have its original value. [ Example:

T* p1 = new T;
const T* p2 = static_cast<const T*>(static_cast<void*>(p1));
bool b = p1 == p2;  // b will have the value true.

 — end example ]

Function types (including those used in pointer to member function types) are never cv-qualified; see [dcl.fct].

5.2.10 Reinterpret cast [expr.reinterpret.cast]

The result of the expression reinterpret_cast<T>(v) is the result of converting the expression v to type T. If T is an lvalue reference type or an rvalue reference to function type, the result is an lvalue; if T is an rvalue reference to object type, the result is an xvalue; otherwise, the result is a prvalue and the lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), and function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) standard conversions are performed on the expression v. Conversions that can be performed explicitly using reinterpret_cast are listed below. No other conversion can be performed explicitly using reinterpret_cast.

The reinterpret_cast operator shall not cast away constness ([expr.const.cast]). An expression of integral, enumeration, pointer, or pointer-to-member type can be explicitly converted to its own type; such a cast yields the value of its operand.

Note: The mapping performed by reinterpret_cast might, or might not, produce a representation different from the original value.  — end note ]

A pointer can be explicitly converted to any integral type large enough to hold it. The mapping function is implementation-defined. [ Note: It is intended to be unsurprising to those who know the addressing structure of the underlying machine.  — end note ] A value of type std::nullptr_t can be converted to an integral type; the conversion has the same meaning and validity as a conversion of (void*)0 to the integral type. [ Note: A reinterpret_cast cannot be used to convert a value of any type to the type std::nullptr_t.  — end note ]

A value of integral type or enumeration type can be explicitly converted to a pointer. A pointer converted to an integer of sufficient size (if any such exists on the implementation) and back to the same pointer type will have its original value; mappings between pointers and integers are otherwise implementation-defined. [ Note: Except as described in [basic.stc.dynamic.safety], the result of such a conversion will not be a safely-derived pointer value.  — end note ]

A function pointer can be explicitly converted to a function pointer of a different type. The effect of calling a function through a pointer to a function type ([dcl.fct]) that is not the same as the type used in the definition of the function is undefined. Except that converting a prvalue of type “pointer to T1” to the type “pointer to T2” (where T1 and T2 are function types) and back to its original type yields the original pointer value, the result of such a pointer conversion is unspecified. [ Note: see also [conv.ptr] for more details of pointer conversions.  — end note ]

An object pointer can be explicitly converted to an object pointer of a different type.70 When a prvalue v of type “pointer to T1” is converted to the type “pointer to cv T2”, the result is static_cast<cv T2*>(static_cast<cv void*>(v)) if both T1 and T2 are standard-layout types ([basic.types]) and the alignment requirements of T2 are no stricter than those of T1, or if either type is void. Converting a prvalue of type “pointer to T1” to the type “pointer to T2” (where T1 and T2 are object types and where the alignment requirements of T2 are no stricter than those of T1) and back to its original type yields the original pointer value. The result of any other such pointer conversion is unspecified.

Converting a function pointer to an object pointer type or vice versa is conditionally-supported. The meaning of such a conversion is implementation-defined, except that if an implementation supports conversions in both directions, converting a prvalue of one type to the other type and back, possibly with different cv-qualification, shall yield the original pointer value.

The null pointer value ([conv.ptr]) is converted to the null pointer value of the destination type. [ Note: A null pointer constant of type std::nullptr_t cannot be converted to a pointer type, and a null pointer constant of integral type is not necessarily converted to a null pointer value.  — end note ]

A prvalue of type “pointer to member of X of type T1” can be explicitly converted to a prvalue of a different type “pointer to member of Y of type T2” if T1 and T2 are both function types or both object types.71 The null member pointer value ([conv.mem]) is converted to the null member pointer value of the destination type. The result of this conversion is unspecified, except in the following cases:

  • converting a prvalue of type “pointer to member function” to a different pointer to member function type and back to its original type yields the original pointer to member value.

  • converting a prvalue of type “pointer to data member of X of type T1” to the type “pointer to data member of Y of type T2” (where the alignment requirements of T2 are no stricter than those of T1) and back to its original type yields the original pointer to member value.

An lvalue expression of type T1 can be cast to the type “reference to T2” if an expression of type “pointer to T1” can be explicitly converted to the type “pointer to T2” using a reinterpret_cast. That is, a reference cast reinterpret_cast<T&>(x) has the same effect as the conversion *reinterpret_cast<T*>(&x) with the built-in & and * operators (and similarly for reinterpret_cast<T&&>(x)). The result refers to the same object as the source lvalue, but with a different type. The result is an lvalue for an lvalue reference type or an rvalue reference to function type and an xvalue for an rvalue reference to object type. No temporary is created, no copy is made, and constructors ([class.ctor]) or conversion functions ([class.conv]) are not called.72

The types may have different cv-qualifiers, subject to the overall restriction that a reinterpret_cast cannot cast away constness.

T1 and T2 may have different cv-qualifiers, subject to the overall restriction that a reinterpret_cast cannot cast away constness.

This is sometimes referred to as a type pun.

5.2.11 Const cast [expr.const.cast]

The result of the expression const_cast<T>(v) is of type T. If T is an lvalue reference to object type, the result is an lvalue; if T is an rvalue reference to object type, the result is an xvalue; otherwise, the result is a prvalue and the lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), and function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) standard conversions are performed on the expression v. Conversions that can be performed explicitly using const_cast are listed below. No other conversion shall be performed explicitly using const_cast.

Note: Subject to the restrictions in this section, an expression may be cast to its own type using a const_cast operator.  — end note ]

For two pointer types T1 and T2 where

T1 is cv1,0 pointer to cv1,1 pointer to cv1,n-1 pointer to cv1,n T

and

T2 is cv2,0 pointer to cv2,1 pointer to cv2,n-1 pointer to cv2,n T

where T is any object type or the void type and where cv1,k and cv2,k may be different cv-qualifications, a prvalue of type T1 may be explicitly converted to the type T2 using a const_cast. The result of a pointer const_cast refers to the original object.

For two object types T1 and T2, if a pointer to T1 can be explicitly converted to the type “pointer to T2” using a const_cast, then the following conversions can also be made:

  • an lvalue of type T1 can be explicitly converted to an lvalue of type T2 using the cast const_cast<T2&>;

  • a glvalue of type T1 can be explicitly converted to an xvalue of type T2 using the cast const_cast<T2&&>; and

  • if T1 is a class type, a prvalue of type T1 can be explicitly converted to an xvalue of type T2 using the cast const_cast<T2&&>.

The result of a reference const_cast refers to the original object.

For a const_cast involving pointers to data members, multi-level pointers to data members and multi-level mixed pointers and pointers to data members ([conv.qual]), the rules for const_cast are the same as those used for pointers; the “member” aspect of a pointer to member is ignored when determining where the cv-qualifiers are added or removed by the const_cast. The result of a pointer to data member const_cast refers to the same member as the original (uncast) pointer to data member.

A null pointer value ([conv.ptr]) is converted to the null pointer value of the destination type. The null member pointer value ([conv.mem]) is converted to the null member pointer value of the destination type.

Note: Depending on the type of the object, a write operation through the pointer, lvalue or pointer to data member resulting from a const_cast that casts away a const-qualifier73 may produce undefined behavior ([dcl.type.cv]).  — end note ]

The following rules define the process known as casting away constness. In these rules Tn and Xn represent types. For two pointer types:

X1 is T1cv1,1 * cv1,N * where T1 is not a pointer type

X2 is T2cv2,1 * cv2,M * where T2 is not a pointer type

K is min (N,M)

casting from X1 to X2 casts away constness if, for a non-pointer type T there does not exist an implicit conversion (Clause [conv]) from:

Tcv1,(N-K+1) * cv1,(N-K+2) * cv1,N *

to

Tcv2,(M-K+1) * cv2,(M-K+2) * cv2,M *

Casting from an lvalue of type T1 to an lvalue of type T2 using an lvalue reference cast or casting from an expression of type T1 to an xvalue of type T2 using an rvalue reference cast casts away constness if a cast from a prvalue of type “pointer to T1” to the type “pointer to T2” casts away constness.

Casting from a prvalue of type “pointer to data member of X of type T1” to the type “pointer to data member of Y of type T2” casts away constness if a cast from a prvalue of type “pointer to T1” to the type “pointer to T2” casts away constness.

For multi-level pointer to members and multi-level mixed pointers and pointer to members ([conv.qual]), the “member” aspect of a pointer to member level is ignored when determining if a const cv-qualifier has been cast away.

Note: some conversions which involve only changes in cv-qualification cannot be done using const_cast. For instance, conversions between pointers to functions are not covered because such conversions lead to values whose use causes undefined behavior. For the same reasons, conversions between pointers to member functions, and in particular, the conversion from a pointer to a const member function to a pointer to a non-const member function, are not covered.  — end note ]

const_cast is not limited to conversions that cast away a const-qualifier.

5.3 Unary expressions [expr.unary]

Expressions with unary operators group right-to-left.

unary-expression:
    postfix-expression
    ++ cast-expression
    -- cast-expression
    unary-operator cast-expression
    sizeof unary-expression
    sizeof ( type-id )
    sizeof ... ( identifier )
    alignof ( type-id )
    noexcept-expression
    new-expression
    delete-expression

unary-operator: one of
    *  &  +  -  !  ~

5.3.1 Unary operators [expr.unary.op]

The unary * operator performs indirection: the expression to which it is applied shall be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type and the result is an lvalue referring to the object or function to which the expression points. If the type of the expression is “pointer to T,” the type of the result is “T.” [ Note: a pointer to an incomplete type (other than cv void) can be dereferenced. The lvalue thus obtained can be used in limited ways (to initialize a reference, for example); this lvalue must not be converted to a prvalue, see [conv.lval].  — end note ]

The result of each of the following unary operators is a prvalue.

The result of the unary & operator is a pointer to its operand. The operand shall be an lvalue or a qualified-id. If the operand is a qualified-id naming a non-static member m of some class C with type T, the result has type “pointer to member of class C of type T” and is a prvalue designating C::m. Otherwise, if the type of the expression is T, the result has type “pointer to T” and is a prvalue that is the address of the designated object ([intro.memory]) or a pointer to the designated function. [ Note: In particular, the address of an object of type “cv T” is “pointer to cv T”, with the same cv-qualification.  — end note ] [ Example:

struct A { int i; };
struct B : A { };
... &B::i ...       // has type int A::*

 — end example ] [ Note: a pointer to member formed from a mutable non-static data member ([dcl.stc]) does not reflect the mutable specifier associated with the non-static data member.  — end note ]

A pointer to member is only formed when an explicit & is used and its operand is a qualified-id not enclosed in parentheses. [ Note: that is, the expression &(qualified-id), where the qualified-id is enclosed in parentheses, does not form an expression of type “pointer to member.” Neither does qualified-id, because there is no implicit conversion from a qualified-id for a non-static member function to the type “pointer to member function” as there is from an lvalue of function type to the type “pointer to function” ([conv.func]). Nor is &unqualified-id a pointer to member, even within the scope of the unqualified-id's class.  — end note ]

The address of an object of incomplete type can be taken, but if the complete type of that object is a class type that declares operator&() as a member function, then the behavior is undefined (and no diagnostic is required). The operand of & shall not be a bit-field.

The address of an overloaded function (Clause [over]) can be taken only in a context that uniquely determines which version of the overloaded function is referred to (see [over.over]). [ Note: since the context might determine whether the operand is a static or non-static member function, the context can also affect whether the expression has type “pointer to function” or “pointer to member function.”  — end note ]

The operand of the unary + operator shall have arithmetic, unscoped enumeration, or pointer type and the result is the value of the argument. Integral promotion is performed on integral or enumeration operands. The type of the result is the type of the promoted operand.

The operand of the unary - operator shall have arithmetic or unscoped enumeration type and the result is the negation of its operand. Integral promotion is performed on integral or enumeration operands. The negative of an unsigned quantity is computed by subtracting its value from 2n, where n is the number of bits in the promoted operand. The type of the result is the type of the promoted operand.

The operand of the logical negation operator ! is contextually converted to bool (Clause [conv]); its value is true if the converted operand is false and false otherwise. The type of the result is bool.

The operand of ~ shall have integral or unscoped enumeration type; the result is the one's complement of its operand. Integral promotions are performed. The type of the result is the type of the promoted operand. There is an ambiguity in the unary-expression ~X(), where X is a class-name or decltype-specifier. The ambiguity is resolved in favor of treating ~ as a unary complement rather than treating ~X as referring to a destructor.

5.3.2 Increment and decrement [expr.pre.incr]

The operand of prefix ++ is modified by adding 1, or set to true if it is bool (this use is deprecated). The operand shall be a modifiable lvalue. The type of the operand shall be an arithmetic type or a pointer to a completely-defined object type. The result is the updated operand; it is an lvalue, and it is a bit-field if the operand is a bit-field. If x is not of type bool, the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1 Note: See the discussions of addition ([expr.add]) and assignment operators ([expr.ass]) for information on conversions.  — end note ]

The operand of prefix -- is modified by subtracting 1. The operand shall not be of type bool. The requirements on the operand of prefix -- and the properties of its result are otherwise the same as those of prefix ++. [ Note: For postfix increment and decrement, see [expr.post.incr].  — end note ]

5.3.3 Sizeof [expr.sizeof]

The sizeof operator yields the number of bytes in the object representation of its operand. The operand is either an expression, which is an unevaluated operand (Clause [expr]), or a parenthesized type-id. The sizeof operator shall not be applied to an expression that has function or incomplete type, to an enumeration type whose underlying type is not fixed before all its enumerators have been declared, to the parenthesized name of such types, or to an lvalue that designates a bit-field. sizeof(char), sizeof(signed char) and sizeof(unsigned char) are 1. The result of sizeof applied to any other fundamental type ([basic.fundamental]) is implementation-defined. [ Note: in particular, sizeof(bool), sizeof(char16_t), sizeof(char32_t), and sizeof(wchar_t) are implementation-defined.74  — end note ] [ Note: See [intro.memory] for the definition of byte and [basic.types] for the definition of object representation.  — end note ]

When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result is the size of the referenced type. When applied to a class, the result is the number of bytes in an object of that class including any padding required for placing objects of that type in an array. The size of a most derived class shall be greater than zero ([intro.object]). The result of applying sizeof to a base class subobject is the size of the base class type.75 When applied to an array, the result is the total number of bytes in the array. This implies that the size of an array of n elements is n times the size of an element.

The sizeof operator can be applied to a pointer to a function, but shall not be applied directly to a function.

The lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), and function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.

The identifier in a sizeof... expression shall name a parameter pack. The sizeof... operator yields the number of arguments provided for the parameter pack identifier. A sizeof... expression is a pack expansion ([temp.variadic]). [ Example:

template<class... Types>
struct count {
  static const std::size_t value = sizeof...(Types);
};

 — end example ]

The result of sizeof and sizeof... is a constant of type std::size_t. [ Note: std::size_t is defined in the standard header <cstddef> ([support.types]).  — end note ]

sizeof(bool) is not required to be 1.

The actual size of a base class subobject may be less than the result of applying sizeof to the subobject, due to virtual base classes and less strict padding requirements on base class subobjects.

5.3.4 New [expr.new]

The new-expression attempts to create an object of the type-id ([dcl.name]) or new-type-id to which it is applied. The type of that object is the allocated type. This type shall be a complete object type, but not an abstract class type or array thereof ([intro.object], [basic.types], [class.abstract]). It is implementation-defined whether over-aligned types are supported ([basic.align]). [ Note: because references are not objects, references cannot be created by new-expressions.  — end note ] [ Note: the type-id may be a cv-qualified type, in which case the object created by the new-expression has a cv-qualified type.  — end note ]

new-expression:
    ::opt new new-placementopt new-type-id new-initializeropt 
    ::opt new new-placementopt ( type-id ) new-initializeropt

new-placement:
    ( expression-list )
new-type-id:
    type-specifier-seq new-declaratoropt
new-declarator:
    ptr-operator new-declaratoropt 
    noptr-new-declarator
noptr-new-declarator:
    [ expression ] attribute-specifier-seqopt
    noptr-new-declarator [ constant-expression ] attribute-specifier-seqopt
new-initializer:
    ( expression-listopt )
    braced-init-list

Entities created by a new-expression have dynamic storage duration ([basic.stc.dynamic]). [ Note: the lifetime of such an entity is not necessarily restricted to the scope in which it is created.  — end note ] If the entity is a non-array object, the new-expression returns a pointer to the object created. If it is an array, the new-expression returns a pointer to the initial element of the array.

If the auto type-specifier appears in the type-specifier-seq of a new-type-id or type-id of a new-expression, the new-expression shall contain a new-initializer of the form

( assignment-expression )

The allocated type is deduced from the new-initializer as follows: Let e be the assignment-expression in the new-initializer and T be the new-type-id or type-id of the new-expression, then the allocated type is the type deduced for the variable x in the invented declaration ([dcl.spec.auto]):

T x(e);

Example:

new auto(1);                    // allocated type is int
auto x = new auto('a');         // allocated type is char, x is of type char*

 — end example ]

The new-type-id in a new-expression is the longest possible sequence of new-declarators. [ Note: this prevents ambiguities between the declarator operators &, &&, *, and [] and their expression counterparts.  — end note ] [ Example:

new int * i;                    // syntax error: parsed as (new int*) i, not as (new int)*i

The * is the pointer declarator and not the multiplication operator.  — end example ]

Note: parentheses in a new-type-id of a new-expression can have surprising effects. [ Example:

new int(*[10])();               // error

is ill-formed because the binding is

(new int) (*[10])();            // error

Instead, the explicitly parenthesized version of the new operator can be used to create objects of compound types ([basic.compound]):

new (int (*[10])());

allocates an array of 10 pointers to functions (taking no argument and returning int.  — end example ]  — end note ]

When the allocated object is an array (that is, the noptr-new-declarator syntax is used or the new-type-id or type-id denotes an array type), the new-expression yields a pointer to the initial element (if any) of the array. [ Note: both new int and new int[10] have type int* and the type of new int[i][10] is int (*)[10]  — end note ] The attribute-specifier-seq in a noptr-new-declarator appertains to the associated array type.

Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator shall be an integral constant expression ([expr.const]) and evaluate to a strictly positive value. The expression in a noptr-new-declarator shall be of integral type, unscoped enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists ([class.conv]). If the expression is of class type, the expression is converted by calling that conversion function, and the result of the conversion is used in place of the original expression. [ Example: given the definition int n = 42, new float[n][5] is well-formed (because n is the expression of a noptr-new-declarator), but new float[5][n] is ill-formed (because n is not a constant expression).  — end example ]

When the value of the expression in a noptr-new-declarator is zero, the allocation function is called to allocate an array with no elements. If the value of that expression is less than zero or such that the size of the allocated object would exceed the implementation-defined limit, or if the new-initializer is a braced-init-list for which the number of initializer-clauses exceeds the number of elements to initialize, no storage is obtained and the new-expression terminates by throwing an exception of a type that would match a handler ([except.handle]) of type std::bad_array_new_length ([new.badlength]).

A new-expression obtains storage for the object by calling an allocation function ([basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]). If the new-expression terminates by throwing an exception, it may release storage by calling a deallocation function ([basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]). If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. [ Note: an implementation shall provide default definitions for the global allocation functions ([basic.stc.dynamic], [new.delete.single], [new.delete.array]). A C++ program can provide alternative definitions of these functions ([replacement.functions]) and/or class-specific versions ([class.free]).  — end note ]

If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation function's name is looked up in the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.

A new-expression passes the amount of space requested to the allocation function as the first argument of type std::size_t. That argument shall be no less than the size of the object being created; it may be greater than the size of the object being created only if the object is an array. For arrays of char and unsigned char, the difference between the result of the new-expression and the address returned by the allocation function shall be an integral multiple of the strictest fundamental alignment requirement ([basic.align]) of any object type whose size is no greater than the size of the array being created. [ Note: Because allocation functions are assumed to return pointers to storage that is appropriately aligned for objects of any type with fundamental alignment, this constraint on array allocation overhead permits the common idiom of allocating character arrays into which objects of other types will later be placed.  — end note ]

The new-placement syntax is used to supply additional arguments to an allocation function. If used, overload resolution is performed on a function call created by assembling an argument list consisting of the amount of space requested (the first argument) and the expressions in the new-placement part of the new-expression (the second and succeeding arguments). The first of these arguments has type std::size_t and the remaining arguments have the corresponding types of the expressions in the new-placement.

Example:

  • new T results in a call of operator new(sizeof(T)),

  • new(2,f) T results in a call of operator new(sizeof(T),2,f),

  • new T[5] results in a call of operator new[](sizeof(T)*5+x), and

  • new(2,f) T[5] results in a call of operator new[](sizeof(T)*5+y,2,f).

Here, x and y are non-negative unspecified values representing array allocation overhead; the result of the new-expression will be offset by this amount from the value returned by operator new[]. This overhead may be applied in all array new-expressions, including those referencing the library function operator new[](std::size_t, void*) and other placement allocation functions. The amount of overhead may vary from one invocation of new to another.  — end example ]

Note: unless an allocation function is declared with a non-throwing exception-specification ([except.spec]), it indicates failure to allocate storage by throwing a std::bad_alloc exception (Clause [except], [bad.alloc]); it returns a non-null pointer otherwise. If the allocation function is declared with a non-throwing exception-specification, it returns null to indicate failure to allocate storage and a non-null pointer otherwise.  — end note ] If the allocation function returns null, initialization shall not be done, the deallocation function shall not be called, and the value of the new-expression shall be null.

Note: when the allocation function returns a value other than null, it must be a pointer to a block of storage in which space for the object has been reserved. The block of storage is assumed to be appropriately aligned and of the requested size. The address of the created object will not necessarily be the same as that of the block if the object is an array.  — end note ]

A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that object as follows:

The invocation of the allocation function is indeterminately sequenced with respect to the evaluations of expressions in the new-initializer. Initialization of the allocated object is sequenced before the value computation of the new-expression. It is unspecified whether expressions in the new-initializer are evaluated if the allocation function returns the null pointer or exits using an exception.

If the new-expression creates an object or an array of objects of class type, access and ambiguity control are done for the allocation function, the deallocation function ([class.free]), and the constructor ([class.ctor]). If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor ([class.dtor]).

If any part of the object initialization described above76 terminates by throwing an exception and a suitable deallocation function can be found, the deallocation function is called to free the memory in which the object was being constructed, after which the exception continues to propagate in the context of the new-expression. If no unambiguous matching deallocation function can be found, propagating the exception does not cause the object's memory to be freed. [ Note: This is appropriate when the called allocation function does not allocate memory; otherwise, it is likely to result in a memory leak.  — end note ]

If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.

A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations ([dcl.fct]), all parameter types except the first are identical. Any non-placement deallocation function matches a non-placement allocation function. If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation function, that function will be called; otherwise, no deallocation function will be called. If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual deallocation function ([basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]) and that function, considered as a placement deallocation function, would have been selected as a match for the allocation function, the program is ill-formed. [ Example:

struct S { 
  // Placement allocation function:
  static void* operator new(std::size_t, std::size_t); 

  // Usual (non-placement) deallocation function:
  static void operator delete(void*, std::size_t); 
}; 

S* p = new (0) S;   // ill-formed: non-placement deallocation function matches 
                    // placement allocation function 

 — end example ]

If a new-expression calls a deallocation function, it passes the value returned from the allocation function call as the first argument of type void*. If a placement deallocation function is called, it is passed the same additional arguments as were passed to the placement allocation function, that is, the same arguments as those specified with the new-placement syntax. If the implementation is allowed to make a copy of any argument as part of the call to the allocation function, it is allowed to make a copy (of the same original value) as part of the call to the deallocation function or to reuse the copy made as part of the call to the allocation function. If the copy is elided in one place, it need not be elided in the other.

This may include evaluating a new-initializer and/or calling a constructor.

5.3.5 Delete [expr.delete]

The delete-expression operator destroys a most derived object ([intro.object]) or array created by a new-expression.

delete-expression:
    ::opt delete cast-expression
    ::opt delete [ ] cast-expression

The first alternative is for non-array objects, and the second is for arrays. Whenever the delete keyword is immediately followed by empty square brackets, it shall be interpreted as the second alternative.77 The operand shall have a pointer to object type, or a class type having a single non-explicit conversion function ([class.conv.fct]) to a pointer to object type. The result has type void.78

If the operand has a class type, the operand is converted to a pointer type by calling the above-mentioned conversion function, and the converted operand is used in place of the original operand for the remainder of this section. In the first alternative (delete object), the value of the operand of delete may be a null pointer value, a pointer to a non-array object created by a previous new-expression, or a pointer to a subobject ([intro.object]) representing a base class of such an object (Clause [class.derived]). If not, the behavior is undefined. In the second alternative (delete array), the value of the operand of delete may be a null pointer value or a pointer value that resulted from a previous array new-expression.79 If not, the behavior is undefined. [ Note: this means that the syntax of the delete-expression must match the type of the object allocated by new, not the syntax of the new-expression.  — end note ] [ Note: a pointer to a const type can be the operand of a delete-expression; it is not necessary to cast away the constness ([expr.const.cast]) of the pointer expression before it is used as the operand of the delete-expression.  — end note ]

In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the behavior is undefined. In the second alternative (delete array) if the dynamic type of the object to be deleted differs from its static type, the behavior is undefined.

The cast-expression in a delete-expression shall be evaluated exactly once.

If the object being deleted has incomplete class type at the point of deletion and the complete class has a non-trivial destructor or a deallocation function, the behavior is undefined.

If the value of the operand of the delete-expression is not a null pointer value, the delete-expression will invoke the destructor (if any) for the object or the elements of the array being deleted. In the case of an array, the elements will be destroyed in order of decreasing address (that is, in reverse order of the completion of their constructor; see [class.base.init]).

If the value of the operand of the delete-expression is not a null pointer value, the delete-expression will call a deallocation function ([basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]). Otherwise, it is unspecified whether the deallocation function will be called. [ Note: The deallocation function is called regardless of whether the destructor for the object or some element of the array throws an exception.  — end note ]

Note: An implementation provides default definitions of the global deallocation functions operator delete() for non-arrays ([new.delete.single]) and operator delete[]() for arrays ([new.delete.array]). A C++ program can provide alternative definitions of these functions ([replacement.functions]), and/or class-specific versions ([class.free]).  — end note ]

When the keyword delete in a delete-expression is preceded by the unary :: operator, the global deallocation function is used to deallocate the storage.

Access and ambiguity control are done for both the deallocation function and the destructor ([class.dtor], [class.free]).

A lambda expression with a lambda-introducer that consists of empty square brackets can follow the delete keyword if the lambda expression is enclosed in parentheses.

This implies that an object cannot be deleted using a pointer of type void* because void is not an object type.

For non-zero-length arrays, this is the same as a pointer to the first element of the array created by that new-expression. Zero-length arrays do not have a first element.

5.3.6 Alignof [expr.alignof]

An alignof expression yields the alignment requirement of its operand type. The operand shall be a type-id representing a complete object type or an array thereof or a reference to a complete object type.

The result is an integral constant of type std::size_t.

When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result shall be the alignment of the referenced type. When alignof is applied to an array type, the result shall be the alignment of the element type.

5.3.7 noexcept operator [expr.unary.noexcept]

The noexcept operator determines whether the evaluation of its operand, which is an unevaluated operand (Clause [expr]), can throw an exception ([except.throw]).

noexcept-expression:
  noexcept ( expression )

The result of the noexcept operator is a constant of type bool and is an rvalue.

The result of the noexcept operator is false if in a potentially-evaluated context the expression would contain

Otherwise, the result is true.

This includes implicit calls such as the call to an allocation function in a new-expression.

5.4 Explicit type conversion (cast notation) [expr.cast]

The result of the expression (T) cast-expression is of type T. The result is an lvalue if T is an lvalue reference type or an rvalue reference to function type and an xvalue if T is an rvalue reference to object type; otherwise the result is a prvalue. [ Note: if T is a non-class type that is cv-qualified, the cv-qualifiers are ignored when determining the type of the resulting prvalue; see [basic.lval].  — end note ]

An explicit type conversion can be expressed using functional notation ([expr.type.conv]), a type conversion operator (dynamic_cast, static_cast, reinterpret_cast, const_cast), or the cast notation.

cast-expression:
    unary-expression
    ( type-id ) cast-expression

Any type conversion not mentioned below and not explicitly defined by the user ([class.conv]) is ill-formed.

The conversions performed by

can be performed using the cast notation of explicit type conversion. The same semantic restrictions and behaviors apply, with the exception that in performing a static_cast in the following situations the conversion is valid even if the base class is inaccessible:

  • a pointer to an object of derived class type or an lvalue or rvalue of derived class type may be explicitly converted to a pointer or reference to an unambiguous base class type, respectively;

  • a pointer to member of derived class type may be explicitly converted to a pointer to member of an unambiguous non-virtual base class type;

  • a pointer to an object of an unambiguous non-virtual base class type, a glvalue of an unambiguous non-virtual base class type, or a pointer to member of an unambiguous non-virtual base class type may be explicitly converted to a pointer, a reference, or a pointer to member of a derived class type, respectively.

If a conversion can be interpreted in more than one of the ways listed above, the interpretation that appears first in the list is used, even if a cast resulting from that interpretation is ill-formed. If a conversion can be interpreted in more than one way as a static_cast followed by a const_cast, the conversion is ill-formed. [ Example:

struct A { };
struct I1 : A { };
struct I2 : A { };
struct D : I1, I2 { };
A *foo( D *p ) {
  return (A*)( p ); // ill-formed static_cast interpretation
}

 — end example ]

The operand of a cast using the cast notation can be a prvalue of type “pointer to incomplete class type”. The destination type of a cast using the cast notation can be “pointer to incomplete class type”. If both the operand and destination types are class types and one or both are incomplete, it is unspecified whether the static_cast or the reinterpret_cast interpretation is used, even if there is an inheritance relationship between the two classes. [ Note: For example, if the classes were defined later in the translation unit, a multi-pass compiler would be permitted to interpret a cast between pointers to the classes as if the class types were complete at the point of the cast.  — end note ]

5.5 Pointer-to-member operators [expr.mptr.oper]

The pointer-to-member operators ->* and .* group left-to-right.

pm-expression:
    cast-expression
    pm-expression .* cast-expression
    pm-expression ->* cast-expression

The binary operator .* binds its second operand, which shall be of type “pointer to member of T” (where T is a completely-defined class type) to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the second operand.

The binary operator ->* binds its second operand, which shall be of type “pointer to member of T” (where T is a completely-defined class type) to its first operand, which shall be of type “pointer to T” or “pointer to a class of which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class.” The expression E1->*E2 is converted into the equivalent form (*(E1)).*E2.

Abbreviating pm-expression.*cast-expression as E1.*E2, E1 is called the object expression. If the dynamic type of E1 does not contain the member to which E2 refers, the behavior is undefined.

The restrictions on cv-qualification, and the manner in which the cv-qualifiers of the operands are combined to produce the cv-qualifiers of the result, are the same as the rules for E1.E2 given in [expr.ref]. [ Note: it is not possible to use a pointer to member that refers to a mutable member to modify a const class object. For example,

struct S {
  S() : i(0) { }
  mutable int i;
};
void f(){
const S cs;
int S::* pm = &S::i;            // pm refers to mutable member S::i
cs.*pm = 88;                    // ill-formed: cs is a const object
}

 — end note ]

If the result of .* or ->* is a function, then that result can be used only as the operand for the function call operator (). [ Example:

(ptr_to_obj->*ptr_to_mfct)(10);

calls the member function denoted by ptr_to_mfct for the object pointed to by ptr_to_obj.  — end example ] In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &. In a .* expression whose object expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer to a data member is of the same value category ([basic.lval]) as its first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. If the second operand is the null pointer to member value ([conv.mem]), the behavior is undefined.

5.6 Multiplicative operators [expr.mul]

The operands of * and / shall have arithmetic or unscoped enumeration type; the operands of % shall have integral or unscoped enumeration type. The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands and determine the type of the result.

The binary * operator indicates multiplication.

The binary / operator yields the quotient, and the binary % operator yields the remainder from the division of the first expression by the second. If the second operand of / or % is zero the behavior is undefined. For integral operands the / operator yields the algebraic quotient with any fractional part discarded;81 if the quotient a/b is representable in the type of the result, (a/b)*b + a%b is equal to a.

This is often called truncation towards zero.

5.7 Additive operators [expr.add]

The additive operators + and - group left-to-right. The usual arithmetic conversions are performed for operands of arithmetic or enumeration type.

additive-expression:
    multiplicative-expression
    additive-expression + multiplicative-expression
    additive-expression - multiplicative-expression

For addition, either both operands shall have arithmetic or unscoped enumeration type, or one operand shall be a pointer to a completely-defined object type and the other shall have integral or unscoped enumeration type.

For subtraction, one of the following shall hold:

  • both operands have arithmetic or unscoped enumeration type; or

  • both operands are pointers to cv-qualified or cv-unqualified versions of the same completely-defined object type; or

  • the left operand is a pointer to a completely-defined object type and the right operand has integral or unscoped enumeration type.

The result of the binary + operator is the sum of the operands. The result of the binary - operator is the difference resulting from the subtraction of the second operand from the first.

For the purposes of these operators, a pointer to a nonarray object behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of an array of length one with the type of the object as its element type.

When an expression that has integral type is added to or subtracted from a pointer, the result has the type of the pointer operand. If the pointer operand points to an element of an array object, and the array is large enough, the result points to an element offset from the original element such that the difference of the subscripts of the resulting and original array elements equals the integral expression. In other words, if the expression P points to the i-th element of an array object, the expressions (P)+N (equivalently, N+(P)) and (P)-N (where N has the value n) point to, respectively, the i+n-th and i-n-th elements of the array object, provided they exist. Moreover, if the expression P points to the last element of an array object, the expression (P)+1 points one past the last element of the array object, and if the expression Q points one past the last element of an array object, the expression (Q)-1 points to the last element of the array object. If both the pointer operand and the result point to elements of the same array object, or one past the last element of the array object, the evaluation shall not produce an overflow; otherwise, the behavior is undefined.

When two pointers to elements of the same array object are subtracted, the result is the difference of the subscripts of the two array elements. The type of the result is an implementation-defined signed integral type; this type shall be the same type that is defined as std::ptrdiff_t in the <cstddef> header ([support.types]). As with any other arithmetic overflow, if the result does not fit in the space provided, the behavior is undefined. In other words, if the expressions P and Q point to, respectively, the i-th and j-th elements of an array object, the expression (P)-(Q) has the value i-j provided the value fits in an object of type std::ptrdiff_t. Moreover, if the expression P points either to an element of an array object or one past the last element of an array object, and the expression Q points to the last element of the same array object, the expression ((Q)+1)-(P) has the same value as ((Q)-(P))+1 and as -((P)-((Q)+1)), and has the value zero if the expression P points one past the last element of the array object, even though the expression (Q)+1 does not point to an element of the array object. Unless both pointers point to elements of the same array object, or one past the last element of the array object, the behavior is undefined.82

If the value 0 is added to or subtracted from a pointer value, the result compares equal to the original pointer value. If two pointers point to the same object or both point one past the end of the same array or both are null, and the two pointers are subtracted, the result compares equal to the value 0 converted to the type std::ptrdiff_t.

Another way to approach pointer arithmetic is first to convert the pointer(s) to character pointer(s): In this scheme the integral value of the expression added to or subtracted from the converted pointer is first multiplied by the size of the object originally pointed to, and the resulting pointer is converted back to the original type. For pointer subtraction, the result of the difference between the character pointers is similarly divided by the size of the object originally pointed to.

When viewed in this way, an implementation need only provide one extra byte (which might overlap another object in the program) just after the end of the object in order to satisfy the “one past the last element” requirements.

5.8 Shift operators [expr.shift]

The shift operators << and >> group left-to-right.

shift-expression:
    additive-expression
    shift-expression << additive-expression
    shift-expression >> additive-expression

The operands shall be of integral or unscoped enumeration type and integral promotions are performed. The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand. The behavior is undefined if the right operand is negative, or greater than or equal to the length in bits of the promoted left operand.

The value of E1 << E2 is E1 left-shifted E2 bit positions; vacated bits are zero-filled. If E1 has an unsigned type, the value of the result is E1×2E2, reduced modulo one more than the maximum value representable in the result type. Otherwise, if E1 has a signed type and non-negative value, and E1×2E2 is representable in the result type, then that is the resulting value; otherwise, the behavior is undefined.

The value of E1 >> E2 is E1 right-shifted E2 bit positions. If E1 has an unsigned type or if E1 has a signed type and a non-negative value, the value of the result is the integral part of the quotient of E1/2E2. If E1 has a signed type and a negative value, the resulting value is implementation-defined.

5.9 Relational operators [expr.rel]

The relational operators group left-to-right. [ Example: a<b<c means (a<b)<c and not (a<b)&&(b<c).  — end example ]

relational-expression:
    shift-expression
    relational-expression < shift-expression
    relational-expression > shift-expression
    relational-expression <= shift-expression
    relational-expression >= shift-expression

The operands shall have arithmetic, enumeration, or pointer type, or type std::nullptr_t. The operators < (less than), > (greater than), <= (less than or equal to), and >= (greater than or equal to) all yield false or true. The type of the result is bool.

The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on operands of arithmetic or enumeration type. Pointer conversions ([conv.ptr]) and qualification conversions ([conv.qual]) are performed on pointer operands (or on a pointer operand and a null pointer constant, or on two null pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral) to bring them to their composite pointer type. If one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. Otherwise, if one of the operands has type “pointer to cv1 void,” then the other has type “pointer to cv2 T” and the composite pointer type is “pointer to cv12 void,” where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar ([conv.qual]) to the type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature ([conv.qual]) that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. [ Note: this implies that any pointer can be compared to a null pointer constant and that any object pointer can be compared to a pointer to (possibly cv-qualified) void.  — end note ] [ Example:

void *p;
const int *q;
int **pi;
const int *const *pci;
void ct() {
  p <= q;           // Both converted to const void* before comparison
  pi <= pci;        // Both converted to const int *const * before comparison
}

 — end example ] Pointers to objects or functions of the same type (after pointer conversions) can be compared, with a result defined as follows:

  • If two pointers p and q of the same type point to the same object or function, or both point one past the end of the same array, or are both null, then p<=q and p>=q both yield true and p<q and p>q both yield false.

  • If two pointers p and q of the same type point to different objects that are not members of the same object or elements of the same array or to different functions, or if only one of them is null, the results of p<q, p>q, p<=q, and p>=q are unspecified.

  • If two pointers point to non-static data members of the same object, or to subobjects or array elements of such members, recursively, the pointer to the later declared member compares greater provided the two members have the same access control (Clause [class.access]) and provided their class is not a union.

  • If two pointers point to non-static data members of the same object with different access control (Clause [class.access]) the result is unspecified.

  • If two pointers point to non-static data members of the same union object, they compare equal (after conversion to void*, if necessary). If two pointers point to elements of the same array or one beyond the end of the array, the pointer to the object with the higher subscript compares higher.

  • Other pointer comparisons are unspecified.

Pointers to void (after pointer conversions) can be compared, with a result defined as follows: If both pointers represent the same address or are both the null pointer value, the result is true if the operator is <= or >= and false otherwise; otherwise the result is unspecified.

If two operands of type std::nullptr_t are compared, the result is true if the operator is <= or >=, and false otherwise.

If both operands (after conversions) are of arithmetic or enumeration type, each of the operators shall yield true if the specified relationship is true and false if it is false.

5.10 Equality operators [expr.eq]

equality-expression:
    relational-expression
    equality-expression == relational-expression
    equality-expression != relational-expression

The == (equal to) and the != (not equal to) operators have the same semantic restrictions, conversions, and result type as the relational operators except for their lower precedence and truth-value result. [ Note: a<b == c<d is true whenever a<b and c<d have the same truth-value.  — end note ] Pointers of the same type (after pointer conversions) can be compared for equality. Two pointers of the same type compare equal if and only if they are both null, both point to the same function, or both represent the same address ([basic.compound]).

In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions ([conv.mem]) and qualification conversions ([conv.qual]) are performed to bring them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant, the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the common type is a pointer to member type similar ([conv.qual]) to the type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature ([conv.qual]) that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. [ Note: this implies that any pointer to member can be compared to a null pointer constant.  — end note ] If both operands are null, they compare equal. Otherwise if only one is null, they compare unequal. Otherwise if either is a pointer to a virtual member function, the result is unspecified. Otherwise they compare equal if and only if they would refer to the same member of the same most derived object ([intro.object]) or the same subobject if they were dereferenced with a hypothetical object of the associated class type. [ Example:

struct B {
  int f();
};
struct L : B { };
struct R : B { };
struct D : L, R { };

int (B::*pb)() = &B::f;
int (L::*pl)() = pb;
int (R::*pr)() = pb;
int (D::*pdl)() = pl;
int (D::*pdr)() = pr;
bool x = (pdl == pdr);          // false

 — end example ]

If two operands of type std::nullptr_t are compared, the result is true if the operator is ==, and false otherwise.

Each of the operators shall yield true if the specified relationship is true and false if it is false.

5.11 Bitwise AND operator [expr.bit.and]

and-expression:
    equality-expression
    and-expression & equality-expression

The usual arithmetic conversions are performed; the result is the bitwise AND function of the operands. The operator applies only to integral or unscoped enumeration operands.

5.12 Bitwise exclusive OR operator [expr.xor]

exclusive-or-expression:
    and-expression
    exclusive-or-expression ^ and-expression

The usual arithmetic conversions are performed; the result is the bitwise exclusive OR function of the operands. The operator applies only to integral or unscoped enumeration operands.

5.13 Bitwise inclusive OR operator [expr.or]

inclusive-or-expression:
    exclusive-or-expression
    inclusive-or-expression | exclusive-or-expression

The usual arithmetic conversions are performed; the result is the bitwise inclusive OR function of its operands. The operator applies only to integral or unscoped enumeration operands.

5.14 Logical AND operator [expr.log.and]

logical-and-expression:
    inclusive-or-expression
    logical-and-expression && inclusive-or-expression

The && operator groups left-to-right. The operands are both contextually converted to type bool (Clause [conv]). The result is true if both operands are true and false otherwise. Unlike &, && guarantees left-to-right evaluation: the second operand is not evaluated if the first operand is false.

The result is a bool. If the second expression is evaluated, every value computation and side effect associated with the first expression is sequenced before every value computation and side effect associated with the second expression.

5.15 Logical OR operator [expr.log.or]

logical-or-expression:
    logical-and-expression
    logical-or-expression || logical-and-expression

The || operator groups left-to-right. The operands are both contextually converted to bool (Clause [conv]). It returns true if either of its operands is true, and false otherwise. Unlike |, || guarantees left-to-right evaluation; moreover, the second operand is not evaluated if the first operand evaluates to true.

The result is a bool. If the second expression is evaluated, every value computation and side effect associated with the first expression is sequenced before every value computation and side effect associated with the second expression.

5.16 Conditional operator [expr.cond]

conditional-expression:
    logical-or-expression
    logical-or-expression ? expression : assignment-expression

Conditional expressions group right-to-left. The first expression is contextually converted to bool (Clause [conv]). It is evaluated and if it is true, the result of the conditional expression is the value of the second expression, otherwise that of the third expression. Only one of the second and third expressions is evaluated. Every value computation and side effect associated with the first expression is sequenced before every value computation and side effect associated with the second or third expression.

If either the second or the third operand has type void, then the lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), and function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) standard conversions are performed on the second and third operands, and one of the following shall hold:

  • The second or the third operand (but not both) is a throw-expression ([except.throw]); the result is of the type of the other and is a prvalue.

  • Both the second and the third operands have type void; the result is of type void and is a prvalue. [ Note: This includes the case where both operands are throw-expressions.  — end note ]

Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types and either has (possibly cv-qualified) class type, or if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those operands to the type of the other. The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined as follows:

  • If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted (Clause [conv]) to the type “lvalue reference to T2”, subject to the constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly ([dcl.init.ref]) to an lvalue.

  • If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to the type “rvalue reference to T2”, subject to the constraint that the reference must bind directly.

  • If E2 is an rvalue or if neither of the conversions above can be done and at least one of the operands has (possibly cv-qualified) class type:

    • if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are the same or one is a base class of the other: E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and the cv-qualification of T2 is the same cv-qualification as, or a greater cv-qualification than, the cv-qualification of T1. If the conversion is applied, E1 is changed to a prvalue of type T2 by copy-initializing a temporary of type T2 from E1 and using that temporary as the converted operand.

    • Otherwise (i.e., if E1 or E2 has a nonclass type, or if they both have class types but the underlying classes are not either the same or one a base class of the other): E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have if E2 were converted to a prvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is a prvalue).

    Using this process, it is determined whether the second operand can be converted to match the third operand, and whether the third operand can be converted to match the second operand. If both can be converted, or one can be converted but the conversion is ambiguous, the program is ill-formed. If neither can be converted, the operands are left unchanged and further checking is performed as described below. If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to the chosen operand and the converted operand is used in place of the original operand for the remainder of this section.

If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value category and have the same type, the result is of that type and value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.

Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands do not have the same type, and either has (possibly cv-qualified) class type, overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) to be applied to the operands ([over.match.oper], [over.built]). If the overload resolution fails, the program is ill-formed. Otherwise, the conversions thus determined are applied, and the converted operands are used in place of the original operands for the remainder of this section.

Lvalue-to-rvalue ([conv.lval]), array-to-pointer ([conv.array]), and function-to-pointer ([conv.func]) standard conversions are performed on the second and third operands. After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:

  • The second and third operands have the same type; the result is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third operand depending on the value of the first operand.

  • The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a common type, and the result is of that type.

  • The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer conversions ([conv.ptr]) and qualification conversions ([conv.qual]) are performed to bring them to their composite pointer type ([expr.rel]). The result is of the composite pointer type.

  • The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; pointer to member conversions ([conv.mem]) and qualification conversions ([conv.qual]) are performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third operand. The result is of the common type.

5.17 Assignment and compound assignment operators [expr.ass]

The assignment operator (=) and the compound assignment operators all group right-to-left. All require a modifiable lvalue as their left operand and return an lvalue referring to the left operand. The result in all cases is a bit-field if the left operand is a bit-field. In all cases, the assignment is sequenced after the value computation of the right and left operands, and before the value computation of the assignment expression. With respect to an indeterminately-sequenced function call, the operation of a compound assignment is a single evaluation. [ Note: Therefore, a function call shall not intervene between the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion and the side effect associated with any single compound assignment operator.  — end note ]

assignment-expression:
    conditional-expression
    logical-or-expression assignment-operator initializer-clause
    throw-expression
assignment-operator: one of
    =  *=  /=  %=   +=  -=  >>=  <<=  &=  ^=  |=

In simple assignment (=), the value of the expression replaces that of the object referred to by the left operand.

If the left operand is not of class type, the expression is implicitly converted (Clause [conv]) to the cv-unqualified type of the left operand.

If the left operand is of class type, the class shall be complete. Assignment to objects of a class is defined by the copy/move assignment operator ([class.copy], [over.ass]).

Note: For class objects, assignment is not in general the same as initialization ([dcl.init], [class.ctor], [class.init], [class.copy]).  — end note ]

When the left operand of an assignment operator denotes a reference to T, the operation assigns to the object of type T denoted by the reference.

The behavior of an expression of the form E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2 except that E1 is evaluated only once. In += and -=, E1 shall either have arithmetic type or be a pointer to a possibly cv-qualified completely-defined object type. In all other cases, E1 shall have arithmetic type.

If the value being stored in an object is accessed from another object that overlaps in any way the storage of the first object, then the overlap shall be exact and the two objects shall have the same type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. [ Note: This restriction applies to the relationship between the left and right sides of the assignment operation; it is not a statement about how the target of the assignment may be aliased in general. See [basic.lval].  — end note ]

A braced-init-list may appear on the right-hand side of

  • an assignment to a scalar, in which case the initializer list shall have at most a single element. The meaning of x={v}, where T is the scalar type of the expression x, is that of x=T(v) except that no narrowing conversion ([dcl.init.list]) is allowed. The meaning of x={} is x=T().

  • an assignment defined by a user-defined assignment operator, in which case the initializer list is passed as the argument to the operator function.

Example:

complex<double> z;
z = { 1,2 };              // meaning z.operator=({1,2})
z += { 1, 2 };            // meaning z.operator+=({1,2})
int a, b;
a = b = { 1 };            // meaning a=b=1;
a = { 1 } = b;            // syntax error

 — end example ]

5.18 Comma operator [expr.comma]

The comma operator groups left-to-right.

expression:
    assignment-expression
    expression , assignment-expression

A pair of expressions separated by a comma is evaluated left-to-right; the left expression is a discarded-value expression (Clause [expr]).83 Every value computation and side effect associated with the left expression is sequenced before every value computation and side effect associated with the right expression. The type and value of the result are the type and value of the right operand; the result is of the same value category as its right operand, and is a bit-field if its right operand is a glvalue and a bit-field.

In contexts where comma is given a special meaning, [ Example: in lists of arguments to functions ([expr.call]) and lists of initializers ([dcl.init])  — end example ] the comma operator as described in Clause [expr] can appear only in parentheses. [ Example:

f(a, (t=3, t+2), c);

has three arguments, the second of which has the value 5.  — end example ]

However, an invocation of an overloaded comma operator is an ordinary function call; hence, the evaluations of its argument expressions are unsequenced relative to one another (see [intro.execution]).

5.19 Constant expressions [expr.const]

Certain contexts require expressions that satisfy additional requirements as detailed in this sub-clause; other contexts have different semantics depending on whether or not an expression satisfies these requirements. Expressions that satisfy these requirements are called constant expressions. [ Note: Constant expressions can be evaluated during translation. — end note ]

constant-expression:
    conditional-expression

A conditional-expression is a core constant expression unless it involves one of the following as a potentially evaluated subexpression ([basic.def.odr]), but subexpressions of logical AND ([expr.log.and]), logical OR ([expr.log.or]), and conditional ([expr.cond]) operations that are not evaluated are not considered [ Note: An overloaded operator invokes a function. — end note ]:

  • this ([expr.prim]) unless it appears as the postfix-expression in a class member access expression, including the result of the implicit transformation in the body of a non-static member function ([class.mfct.non-static]);

  • an invocation of a function other than a constexpr constructor for a literal class or a constexpr function [ Note: Overload resolution ([over.match]) is applied as usual  — end note ];

  • an invocation of an undefined constexpr function or an undefined constexpr constructor outside the definition of a constexpr function or a constexpr constructor;

  • an invocation of a constexpr function with arguments that, when substituted by function invocation substitution ([dcl.constexpr]), do not produce a constant expression; [ Example:

    constexpr const int* addr(const int& ir) { return &ir; }  // OK
    static const int x = 5;
    constexpr const int* xp = addr(x);  // OK: (const int*)&(const int&)x is an
                                        // address constant expression
    constexpr const int* tp = addr(5);  // error, initializer for constexpr variable not a constant
                                        // expression; (const int*)&(const int&)5 is not a constant
                                        // expression because it takes the address of a temporary
    

     — end example ]

  • an invocation of a constexpr constructor with arguments that, when substituted by function invocation substitution ([dcl.constexpr]), do not produce all constant expressions for the constructor calls and full-expressions in the mem-initializers; [ Example:

    int x;                              // not constant
    struct A {
      constexpr A(bool b) : m(b?42:x) { }
      int m;
    };
    constexpr int v = A(true).m;        // OK: constructor call initializes
                                        // m with the value 42 after substitution
    constexpr int w = A(false).m;       // error: initializer for m is
                                        // x, which is non-constant
    

     — end example ]

  • an invocation of a constexpr function or a constexpr constructor that would exceed the implementation-defined recursion limits (see Annex [implimits]);

  • a result that is not mathematically defined or not in the range of representable values for its type;

  • a lambda-expression ([expr.prim.lambda]);

  • an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion ([conv.lval]) unless it is applied to

    • a glvalue of integral or enumeration type that refers to a non-volatile const object with a preceding initialization, initialized with a constant expression, or

    • a glvalue of literal type that refers to a non-volatile object defined with constexpr, or that refers to a sub-object of such an object, or

    • a glvalue of literal type that refers to a non-volatile temporary object whose lifetime has not ended, initialized with a constant expression;

  • an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion ([conv.lval]) that is applied to a glvalue that refers to a non-active member of a union or a subobject thereof;

  • an id-expression that refers to a variable or data member of reference type unless the reference has a preceding initialization, initialized with a constant expression;

  • a dynamic cast ([expr.dynamic.cast]);

  • a reinterpret_cast ([expr.reinterpret.cast]);

  • a pseudo-destructor call ([expr.pseudo]);

  • increment or decrement operations ([expr.post.incr], [expr.pre.incr]);

  • a typeid expression ([expr.typeid]) whose operand is of a polymorphic class type;

  • a new-expression ([expr.new]);

  • a delete-expression ([expr.delete]);

  • a subtraction ([expr.add]) where both operands are pointers;

  • a relational ([expr.rel]) or equality ([expr.eq]) operator where the result is unspecified;

  • an assignment or a compound assignment ([expr.ass]); or

  • a throw-expression ([except.throw]).

A literal constant expression is a prvalue core constant expression of literal type, but not pointer type. An integral constant expression is a literal constant expression of integral or unscoped enumeration type. [ Note: Such expressions may be used as array bounds ([dcl.array], [expr.new]), as bit-field lengths ([class.bit]), as enumerator initializers if the underlying type is not fixed ([dcl.enum]), as null pointer constants ([conv.ptr]), and as alignments ([dcl.align]).  — end note ] A converted constant expression of type T is a literal constant expression, implicitly converted to type T, where the implicit conversion (if any) is permitted in a literal constant expression and the implicit conversion sequence contains only user-defined conversions, lvalue-to-rvalue conversions ([conv.lval]), integral promotions ([conv.prom]), and integral conversions ([conv.integral]) other than narrowing conversions ([dcl.init.list]). [ Note: such expressions may be used as case expressions ([stmt.switch]), as enumerator initializers if the underlying type is fixed ([dcl.enum]), and as integral or enumeration non-type template arguments ([temp.arg]).  — end note ] A reference constant expression is an lvalue core constant expression that designates an object with static storage duration or a function. An address constant expression is a prvalue core constant expression of pointer type that evaluates to the address of an object with static storage duration, to the address of a function, or to a null pointer value, or a prvalue core constant expression of type std::nullptr_t. Collectively, literal constant expressions, reference constant expressions, and address constant expressions are called constant expressions.

Note: Although in some contexts constant expressions must be evaluated during program translation, others may be evaluated during program execution. Since this International Standard imposes no restrictions on the accuracy of floating-point operations, it is unspecified whether the evaluation of a floating-point expression during translation yields the same result as the evaluation of the same expression (or the same operations on the same values) during program execution.84Example:

bool f() {
    char array[1 + int(1 + 0.2 - 0.1 - 0.1)];  // Must be evaluated during translation
    int size = 1 + int(1 + 0.2 - 0.1 - 0.1);   // May be evaluated at runtime
    return sizeof(array) == size;
}

It is unspecified whether the value of f() will be true or false.  — end example ]  — end note ]

If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or unscoped enumeration type and that conversion function shall be constexpr. [ Example:

struct A { 
  constexpr A(int i) : val(i) { } 
  constexpr operator int() { return val; } 
  constexpr operator long() { return 43; } 
private: 
  int val; 
}; 
template<int> struct X { }; 
constexpr A a = 42; 
X<a> x;             // OK: unique conversion to int
int ary[a];         // error: ambiguous conversion 

 — end example ]

Nonetheless, implementations are encouraged to provide consistent results, irrespective of whether the evaluation was actually performed during translation or during program execution.

6 Statements [stmt.stmt]

6.1 Labeled statement [stmt.label]

A statement can be labeled.

labeled-statement:
    attribute-specifier-seqopt identifier : statement
    attribute-specifier-seqopt case constant-expression : statement
    attribute-specifier-seqopt default : statement

The optional attribute-specifier-seq appertains to the label. An identifier label declares the identifier. The only use of an identifier label is as the target of a goto. The scope of a label is the function in which it appears. Labels shall not be redeclared within a function. A label can be used in a goto statement before its definition. Labels have their own name space and do not interfere with other identifiers.

Case labels and default labels shall occur only in switch statements.

6.2 Expression statement [stmt.expr]

Expression statements have the form

expression-statement:
    expressionopt ;

The expression is a discarded-value expression (Clause [expr]). All side effects from an expression statement are completed before the next statement is executed. An expression statement with the expression missing is called a null statement. [ Note: Most statements are expression statements — usually assignments or function calls. A null statement is useful to carry a label just before the } of a compound statement and to supply a null body to an iteration statement such as a while statement ([stmt.while]).  — end note ]

6.3 Compound statement or block [stmt.block]

So that several statements can be used where one is expected, the compound statement (also, and equivalently, called “block”) is provided.

compound-statement:
    { statement-seqopt }
statement-seq:
    statement
    statement-seq statement

A compound statement defines a block scope ([basic.scope]). [ Note: A declaration is a statement ([stmt.dcl]).  — end note ]

6.4 Selection statements [stmt.select]

Selection statements choose one of several flows of control.

selection-statement:
    if ( condition ) statement
    if ( condition ) statement else statement
    switch ( condition ) statement
condition:
    expression
    attribute-specifier-seqopt decl-specifier-seq declarator = initializer-clause
    attribute-specifier-seqopt decl-specifier-seq declarator braced-init-list

See [dcl.meaning] for the optional attribute-specifier-seq in a condition. In Clause [stmt.stmt], the term substatement refers to the contained statement or statements that appear in the syntax notation. The substatement in a selection-statement (each substatement, in the else form of the if statement) implicitly defines a block scope ([basic.scope]). If the substatement in a selection-statement is a single statement and not a compound-statement, it is as if it was rewritten to be a compound-statement containing the original substatement. [ Example:

if (x)
  int i;

can be equivalently rewritten as

if (x) {
  int i;
}

Thus after the if statement, i is no longer in scope.  — end example ]

The rules for conditions apply both to selection-statements and to the for and while statements ([stmt.iter]). The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. If the auto type-specifier appears in the type-specifier-seq, the type of the identifier being declared is deduced from the initializer as described in [dcl.spec.auto].

A name introduced by a declaration in a condition (either introduced by the type-specifier-seq or the declarator of the condition) is in scope from its point of declaration until the end of the substatements controlled by the condition. If the name is re-declared in the outermost block of a substatement controlled by the condition, the declaration that re-declares the name is ill-formed. [ Example:

if (int x = f()) {
  int x;            // ill-formed, redeclaration of x
}
else {
  int x;            // ill-formed, redeclaration of x
}

 — end example ]

The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable contextually converted to bool (Clause [conv]). If that conversion is ill-formed, the program is ill-formed. The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a switch statement is the value of the declared variable if it has integral or enumeration type, or of that variable implicitly converted to integral or enumeration type otherwise. The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the expression, contextually converted to bool for statements other than switch; if that conversion is ill-formed, the program is ill-formed. The value of the condition will be referred to as simply “the condition” where the usage is unambiguous.

If a condition can be syntactically resolved as either an expression or the declaration of a block-scope name, it is interpreted as a declaration.

In the decl-specifier-seq of a condition, each decl-specifier shall be either a type-specifier or constexpr.

6.4.1 The if statement [stmt.if]

If the condition ([stmt.select]) yields true the first substatement is executed. If the else part of the selection statement is present and the condition yields false, the second substatement is executed. In the second form of if statement (the one including else), if the first substatement is also an if statement then that inner if statement shall contain an else part.85

In other words, the else is associated with the nearest un-elsed if.

6.4.2 The switch statement [stmt.switch]

The switch statement causes control to be transferred to one of several statements depending on the value of a condition.

The condition shall be of integral type, enumeration type, or of a class type for which a single non-explicit conversion function to integral or enumeration type exists ([class.conv]). If the condition is of class type, the condition is converted by calling that conversion function, and the result of the conversion is used in place of the original condition for the remainder of this section. Integral promotions are performed. Any statement within the switch statement can be labeled with one or more case labels as follows:

case constant-expression :

where the constant-expression shall be a converted constant expression ([expr.const]) of the promoted type of the switch condition. No two of the case constants in the same switch shall have the same value after conversion to the promoted type of the switch condition.

There shall be at most one label of the form

default :

within a switch statement.

Switch statements can be nested; a case or default label is associated with the smallest switch enclosing it.

When the switch statement is executed, its condition is evaluated and compared with each case constant. If one of the case constants is equal to the value of the condition, control is passed to the statement following the matched case label. If no case constant matches the condition, and if there is a default label, control passes to the statement labeled by the default label. If no case matches and if there is no default then none of the statements in the switch is executed.

case and default labels in themselves do not alter the flow of control, which continues unimpeded across such labels. To exit from a switch, see break, [stmt.break]. [ Note: Usually, the substatement that is the subject of a switch is compound and case and default labels appear on the top-level statements contained within the (compound) substatement, but this is not required. Declarations can appear in the substatement of a switch-statement.  — end note ]

6.5 Iteration statements [stmt.iter]

The substatement in an iteration-statement implicitly defines a block scope ([basic.scope]) which is entered and exited each time through the loop.

If the substatement in an iteration-statement is a single statement and not a compound-statement, it is as if it was rewritten to be a compound-statement containing the original statement. [ Example:

while (--x >= 0)
  int i;

can be equivalently rewritten as

while (--x >= 0) {
  int i;
}

Thus after the while statement, i is no longer in scope.  — end example ]

Note: The requirements on conditions in iteration statements are described in [stmt.select].  — end note ]

6.5.1 The while statement [stmt.while]

In the while statement the substatement is executed repeatedly until the value of the condition ([stmt.select]) becomes false. The test takes place before each execution of the substatement.

When the condition of a while statement is a declaration, the scope of the variable that is declared extends from its point of declaration ([basic.scope.pdecl]) to the end of the while statement. A while statement of the form

while (T t = x) statement

is equivalent to

label:{                   // start of condition scope
  T t = x;
  if (t) {
    statement
    goto label;
  }
}                   // end of condition scope

The variable created in a condition is destroyed and created with each iteration of the loop. [ Example:

struct A {
  int val;
  A(int i) : val(i) { }
  ~A() { }
  operator bool() { return val != 0; }
};
int i = 1;
while (A a = i) {
  // ...
  i = 0;
}

In the while-loop, the constructor and destructor are each called twice, once for the condition that succeeds and once for the condition that fails.  — end example ]

6.5.2 The do statement [stmt.do]

The expression is contextually converted to bool (Clause [conv]); if that conversion is ill-formed, the program is ill-formed.

In the do statement the substatement is executed repeatedly until the value of the expression becomes false. The test takes place after each execution of the statement.

6.5.3 The for statement [stmt.for]

The for statement

for ( for-init-statement conditionopt ; expressionopt ) statement

is equivalent to

{
	for-init-statement
	while ( condition ) {
		statement
		expression ;
	}
}

except that names declared in the for-init-statement are in the same declarative-region as those declared in the condition, and except that a continue in statement (not enclosed in another iteration statement) will execute expression before re-evaluating condition. [ Note: Thus the first statement specifies initialization for the loop; the condition ([stmt.select]) specifies a test, made before each iteration, such that the loop is exited when the condition becomes false; the expression often specifies incrementing that is done after each iteration.  — end note ]

Either or both of the condition and the expression can be omitted. A missing condition makes the implied while Clause equivalent to while(true).

If the for-init-statement is a declaration, the scope of the name(s) declared extends to the end of the for-statement. [ Example:

int i = 42;
int a[10];

for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
  a[i] = i;

int j = i;          // j = 42

 — end example ]

6.5.4 The range-based for statement [stmt.ranged]

For a range-based for statement of the form

for ( for-range-declaration : expression ) statement

let range-init be equivalent to the expression surrounded by parentheses86

( expression )

and for a range-based for statement of the form

for ( for-range-declaration : braced-init-list ) statement

let range-init be equivalent to the braced-init-list. In each case, a range-based for statement is equivalent to

{
  auto && __range = range-init;
  for ( auto __begin = begin-expr,
             __end = end-expr;
        __begin != __end;
        ++__begin ) {
    for-range-declaration = *__begin;
    statement
  }
}

where __range, __begin, and __end are variables defined for exposition only, and _RangeT is the type of the expression, and begin-expr and end-expr are determined as follows:

  • if _RangeT is an array type, begin-expr and end-expr are __range and __range + __bound, respectively, where __bound is the array bound. If _RangeT is an array of unknown size or an array of incomplete type, the program is ill-formed;

  • if _RangeT is a class type, the unqualified-ids begin and end are looked up in the scope of class _RangeT as if by class member access lookup ([basic.lookup.classref]), and if either (or both) finds at least one declaration, begin-expr and end-expr are __range.begin() and __range.end(), respectively;

  • otherwise, begin-expr and end-expr are begin(__range) and end(__range), respectively, where begin and end are looked up with argument-dependent lookup ([basic.lookup.argdep]). For the purposes of this name lookup, namespace std is an associated namespace.

Example:

int array[5] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 };
for (int& x : array)
  x *= 2;

 — end example ]

In the decl-specifier-seq of a for-range-declaration, each decl-specifier shall be either a type-specifier or constexpr.

this ensures that a top-level comma operator cannot be reinterpreted as a delimiter between init-declarators in the declaration of __range.

6.6 Jump statements [stmt.jump]

Jump statements unconditionally transfer control.

jump-statement:
    break ;
    continue ;
    return expressionopt ;
    return braced-init-list ;
    goto identifier ;

On exit from a scope (however accomplished), objects with automatic storage duration ([basic.stc.auto]) that have been constructed in that scope are destroyed in the reverse order of their construction. [ Note: For temporaries, see [class.temporary].  — end note ] Transfer out of a loop, out of a block, or back past an initialized variable with automatic storage duration involves the destruction of objects with automatic storage duration that are in scope at the point transferred from but not at the point transferred to. (See [stmt.dcl] for transfers into blocks). [ Note: However, the program can be terminated (by calling std::exit() or std::abort() ([support.start.term]), for example) without destroying class objects with automatic storage duration.  — end note ]

6.6.1 The break statement [stmt.break]

The break statement shall occur only in an iteration-statement or a switch statement and causes termination of the smallest enclosing iteration-statement or switch statement; control passes to the statement following the terminated statement, if any.

6.6.2 The continue statement [stmt.cont]

The continue statement shall occur only in an iteration-statement and causes control to pass to the loop-continuation portion of the smallest enclosing iteration-statement, that is, to the end of the loop. More precisely, in each of the statements

while (foo) {
  {
    // ...
  }
contin: ;
}
do {
  {
    // ...
  }
contin: ;
} while (foo);
for (;;) {
  {
    // ...
  }
contin: ;
}

a continue not contained in an enclosed iteration statement is equivalent to goto contin.

6.6.3 The return statement [stmt.return]

A function returns to its caller by the return statement.

A return statement with neither an expression nor a braced-init-list can be used only in functions that do not return a value, that is, a function with the return type void, a constructor ([class.ctor]), or a destructor ([class.dtor]). A return statement with an expression of non-void type can be used only in functions returning a value; the value of the expression is returned to the caller of the function. The value of the expression is implicitly converted to the return type of the function in which it appears. A return statement can involve the construction and copy or move of a temporary object ([class.temporary]). [ Note: A copy or move operation associated with a return statement may be elided or considered as an rvalue for the purpose of overload resolution in selecting a constructor ([class.copy]).  — end note ] A return statement with a braced-init-list initializes the object or reference to be returned from the function by copy-list-initialization ([dcl.init.list]) from the specified initializer list. [ Example:

std::pair<std::string,int> f(const char* p, int x) {
  return {p,x};
}

 — end example ]

Flowing off the end of a function is equivalent to a return with no value; this results in undefined behavior in a value-returning function.

A return statement with an expression of type void can be used only in functions with a return type of cv void; the expression is evaluated just before the function returns to its caller.

6.6.4 The goto statement [stmt.goto]

The goto statement unconditionally transfers control to the statement labeled by the identifier. The identifier shall be a label ([stmt.label]) located in the current function.

6.7 Declaration statement [stmt.dcl]

A declaration statement introduces one or more new identifiers into a block; it has the form

declaration-statement:
    block-declaration

If an identifier introduced by a declaration was previously declared in an outer block, the outer declaration is hidden for the remainder of the block, after which it resumes its force.

Variables with automatic storage duration ([basic.stc.auto]) are initialized each time their declaration-statement is executed. Variables with automatic storage duration declared in the block are destroyed on exit from the block ([stmt.jump]).

It is possible to transfer into a block, but not in a way that bypasses declarations with initialization. A program that jumps87 from a point where a variable with automatic storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding types and is declared without an initializer ([dcl.init]). [ Example:

void f() {
  // ... 
  goto lx;          // ill-formed: jump into scope of a
  // ...
ly:
  X a = 1;
  // ...
lx:
  goto ly;          // OK, jump implies destructor
                    // call for a followed by construction
                    // again immediately following label ly
}

 — end example ]

The zero-initialization ([dcl.init]) of all block-scope variables with static storage duration ([basic.stc.static]) or thread storage duration ([basic.stc.thread]) is performed before any other initialization takes place. Constant initialization ([basic.start.init]) of a block-scope entity with static storage duration, if applicable, is performed before its block is first entered. An implementation is permitted to perform early initialization of other block-scope variables with static or thread storage duration under the same conditions that an implementation is permitted to statically initialize a variable with static or thread storage duration in namespace scope ([basic.start.init]). Otherwise such a variable is initialized the first time control passes through its declaration; such a variable is considered initialized upon the completion of its initialization. If the initialization exits by throwing an exception, the initialization is not complete, so it will be tried again the next time control enters the declaration. If control enters the declaration concurrently while the variable is being initialized, the concurrent execution shall wait for completion of the initialization.88 If control re-enters the declaration recursively while the variable is being initialized, the behavior is undefined. [ Example:

int foo(int i) {
  static int s = foo(2*i);      // recursive call - undefined
  return i+1;
}

 — end example ]

The destructor for a block-scope object with static or thread storage duration will be executed if and only if it was constructed. [ Note: [basic.start.term] describes the order in which block-scope objects with static and thread storage duration are destroyed.  — end note ]

The transfer from the condition of a switch statement to a case label is considered a jump in this respect.

The implementation must not introduce any deadlock around execution of the initializer.

6.8 Ambiguity resolution [stmt.ambig]

There is an ambiguity in the grammar involving expression-statements and declarations: An expression-statement with a function-style explicit type conversion ([expr.type.conv]) as its leftmost subexpression can be indistinguishable from a declaration where the first declarator starts with a (. In those cases the statement is a declaration. [ Note: To disambiguate, the whole statement might have to be examined to determine if it is an expression-statement or a declaration. This disambiguates many examples. [ Example: assuming T is a simple-type-specifier ([dcl.type]),

T(a)->m = 7;        // expression-statement
T(a)++;             // expression-statement
T(a,5)<<c;          // expression-statement

T(*d)(int);         //  declaration
T(e)[5];            //  declaration
T(f) = { 1, 2 };    //  declaration
T(*g)(double(3));   //  declaration

In the last example above, g, which is a pointer to T, is initialized to double(3). This is of course ill-formed for semantic reasons, but that does not affect the syntactic analysis.  — end example ]

The remaining cases are declarations. [ Example:

class T {
  // ...
public:
  T();
  T(int);
  T(int, int);
};
T(a);               //  declaration
T(*b)();            //  declaration
T(c)=7;             //  declaration
T(d),e,f=3;         //  declaration
extern int h;
T(g)(h,2);          //  declaration

 — end example ]  — end note ]

The disambiguation is purely syntactic; that is, the meaning of the names occurring in such a statement, beyond whether they are type-names or not, is not generally used in or changed by the disambiguation. Class templates are instantiated as necessary to determine if a qualified name is a type-name. Disambiguation precedes parsing, and a statement disambiguated as a declaration may be an ill-formed declaration. If, during parsing, a name in a template parameter is bound differently than it would be bound during a trial parse, the program is ill-formed. No diagnostic is required. [ Note: This can occur only when the name is declared earlier in the declaration.  — end note ] [ Example:

struct T1 {
  T1 operator()(int x) { return T1(x); }
  int operator=(int x) { return x; }
  T1(int) { }
};
struct T2 { T2(int){ } };
int a, (*(*b)(T2))(int), c, d;

void f() {
  // disambiguation requires this to be parsed as a declaration:
  T1(a) = 3,
  T2(4),                        // T2 will be declared as
  (*(*b)(T2(c)))(int(d));       // a variable of type T1
                                // but this will not allow
                                // the last part of the
                                // declaration to parse
                                // properly since it depends
                                // on T2 being a type-name
}

 — end example ]

7 Declarations [dcl.dcl]

Declarations generally specify how names are to be interpreted. Declarations have the form

declaration-seq:
    declaration
    declaration-seq declaration
declaration:
    block-declaration
    function-definition
    template-declaration
    explicit-instantiation
    explicit-specialization
    linkage-specification
    namespace-definition
    empty-declaration
    attribute-declaration
block-declaration:
    simple-declaration
    asm-definition
    namespace-alias-definition
    using-declaration
    using-directive
    static_assert-declaration
    alias-declaration
    opaque-enum-declaration
alias-declaration:
    using identifier attribute-specifier-seqopt = type-id ;
simple-declaration:
    decl-specifier-seqopt init-declarator-listopt ;
    attribute-specifier-seq decl-specifier-seqopt init-declarator-list ;
static_assert-declaration:
  static_assert ( constant-expression , string-literal ) ;
empty-declaration:
    ;
attribute-declaration:
    attribute-specifier-seq ;

Note: asm-definitions are described in [dcl.asm], and linkage-specifications are described in [dcl.link]. Function-definitions are described in [dcl.fct.def] and template-declarations are described in Clause [temp]. Namespace-definitions are described in [namespace.def], using-declarations are described in [namespace.udecl] and using-directives are described in [namespace.udir].  — end note ]

The simple-declaration

attribute-specifier-seqopt decl-specifier-seqopt init-declarator-listopt ;

is divided into three parts. Attributes are described in [dcl.attr]. decl-specifiers, the principal components of a decl-specifier-seq, are described in [dcl.spec]. declarators, the components of an init-declarator-list, are described in Clause [dcl.decl]. The attribute-specifier-seq in a simple-declaration appertains to each of the entities declared by the declarators of the init-declarator-list. [ Note: In the declaration for an entity, attributes appertaining to that entity may appear at the start of the declaration and after the declarator-id for that declaration.  — end note ] [ Example:

[[noreturn]] void f [[noreturn]] (); // OK

 — end example ]

Except where otherwise specified, the meaning of an attribute-declaration is implementation-defined.

A declaration occurs in a scope ([basic.scope]); the scope rules are summarized in [basic.lookup]. A declaration that declares a function or defines a class, namespace, template, or function also has one or more scopes nested within it. These nested scopes, in turn, can have declarations nested within them. Unless otherwise stated, utterances in Clause [dcl.dcl] about components in, of, or contained by a declaration or subcomponent thereof refer only to those components of the declaration that are not nested within scopes nested within the declaration.

In a simple-declaration, the optional init-declarator-list can be omitted only when declaring a class (Clause [class]) or enumeration ([dcl.enum]), that is, when the decl-specifier-seq contains either a class-specifier, an elaborated-type-specifier with a class-key ([class.name]), or an enum-specifier. In these cases and whenever a class-specifier or enum-specifier is present in the decl-specifier-seq, the identifiers in these specifiers are among the names being declared by the declaration (as class-names, enum-names, or enumerators, depending on the syntax). In such cases, and except for the declaration of an unnamed bit-field ([class.bit]), the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a previous declaration. [ Example:

enum { };           // ill-formed
typedef class { };  //  ill-formed

 — end example ]

In a static_assert-declaration the constant-expression shall be a constant expression ([expr.const]) that can be contextually converted to bool (Clause [conv]). If the value of the expression when so converted is true, the declaration has no effect. Otherwise, the program is ill-formed, and the resulting diagnostic message ([intro.compliance]) shall include the text of the string-literal, except that characters not in the basic source character set ([lex.charset]) are not required to appear in the diagnostic message. [ Example:

static_assert(sizeof(long) >= 8, "64-bit code generation required for this library.");

 — end example ]

An empty-declaration has no effect.

Each init-declarator in the init-declarator-list contains exactly one declarator-id, which is the name declared by that init-declarator and hence one of the names declared by the declaration. The type-specifiers ([dcl.type]) in the decl-specifier-seq and the recursive declarator structure of the init-declarator describe a type ([dcl.meaning]), which is then associated with the name being declared by the init-declarator.

If the decl-specifier-seq contains the typedef specifier, the declaration is called a typedef declaration and the name of each init-declarator is declared to be a typedef-name, synonymous with its associated type ([dcl.typedef]). If the decl-specifier-seq contains no typedef specifier, the declaration is called a function declaration if the type associated with the name is a function type ([dcl.fct]) and an object declaration otherwise.

Syntactic components beyond those found in the general form of declaration are added to a function declaration to make a function-definition. An object declaration, however, is also a definition unless it contains the extern specifier and has no initializer ([basic.def]). A definition causes the appropriate amount of storage to be reserved and any appropriate initialization ([dcl.init]) to be done.

Only in function declarations for constructors, destructors, and type conversions can the decl-specifier-seq be omitted.89

The “implicit int” rule of C is no longer supported.

7.1 Specifiers [dcl.spec]

The specifiers that can be used in a declaration are

decl-specifier:
    storage-class-specifier
    type-specifier
    function-specifier
    friend
    typedef
    constexpr
decl-specifier-seq:
    decl-specifier attribute-specifier-seqopt
    decl-specifier decl-specifier-seq

The optional attribute-specifier-seq in a decl-specifier-seq appertains to the type determined by the preceding decl-specifiers ([dcl.meaning]). The attribute-specifier-seq affects the type only for the declaration it appears in, not other declarations involving the same type.

If a type-name is encountered while parsing a decl-specifier-seq, it is interpreted as part of the decl-specifier-seq if and only if there is no previous type-specifier other than a cv-qualifier in the decl-specifier-seq. The sequence shall be self-consistent as described below. [ Example:

typedef char* Pc;
static Pc;                      // error: name missing

Here, the declaration static Pc is ill-formed because no name was specified for the static variable of type Pc. To get a variable called Pc, a type-specifier (other than const or volatile) has to be present to indicate that the typedef-name Pc is the name being (re)declared, rather than being part of the decl-specifier sequence. For another example,

void f(const Pc);               // void f(char* const) (not const char*)
void g(const int Pc);           // void g(const int)

 — end example ]

Note: Since signed, unsigned, long, and short by default imply int, a type-name appearing after one of those specifiers is treated as the name being (re)declared. [ Example:

void h(unsigned Pc);            // void h(unsigned int)
void k(unsigned int Pc);        // void k(unsigned int)

 — end example ]  — end note ]

7.1.1 Storage class specifiers [dcl.stc]

The storage class specifiers are

storage-class-specifier:
    register
    static
    thread_local
    extern
    mutable

At most one storage-class-specifier shall appear in a given decl-specifier-seq, except that thread_local may appear with static or extern. If thread_local appears in any declaration of a variable it shall be present in all declarations of that entity. If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, there can be no typedef specifier in the same decl-specifier-seq and the init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty (except for an anonymous union declared in a named namespace or in the global namespace, which shall be declared static ([class.union])). The storage-class-specifier applies to the name declared by each init-declarator in the list and not to any names declared by other specifiers. A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit specialization ([temp.expl.spec]) or an explicit instantiation ([temp.explicit]) directive.

The register specifier shall be applied only to names of variables declared in a block ([stmt.block]) or to function parameters ([dcl.fct.def]). It specifies that the named variable has automatic storage duration ([basic.stc.auto]). A variable declared without a storage-class-specifier at block scope or declared as a function parameter has automatic storage duration by default.

A register specifier is a hint to the implementation that the variable so declared will be heavily used. [ Note: The hint can be ignored and in most implementations it will be ignored if the address of the variable is taken. This use is deprecated (see [depr.register]).  — end note ]

The thread_local specifier indicates that the named entity has thread storage duration ([basic.stc.thread]). It shall be applied only to the names of variables of namespace or block scope and to the names of static data members. When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear explicitly.

The static specifier can be applied only to names of variables and functions and to anonymous unions ([class.union]). There can be no static function declarations within a block, nor any static function parameters. A static specifier used in the declaration of a variable declares the variable to have static storage duration ([basic.stc.static]), unless accompanied by the thread_local specifier, which declares the variable to have thread storage duration ([basic.stc.thread]). A static specifier can be used in declarations of class members; [class.static] describes its effect. For the linkage of a name declared with a static specifier, see [basic.link].

The extern specifier can be applied only to the names of variables and functions. The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration of class members or function parameters. For the linkage of a name declared with an extern specifier, see [basic.link]. [ Note: The extern keyword can also be used in explicit-instantiations and linkage-specifications, but it is not a storage-class-specifier in such contexts.  — end note ]

A name declared in a namespace scope without a storage-class-specifier has external linkage unless it has internal linkage because of a previous declaration and provided it is not declared const. Objects declared const and not explicitly declared extern have internal linkage.

The linkages implied by successive declarations for a given entity shall agree. That is, within a given scope, each declaration declaring the same variable name or the same overloading of a function name shall imply the same linkage. Each function in a given set of overloaded functions can have a different linkage, however. [ Example:

static char* f();               // f() has internal linkage
char* f()                       // f() still has internal linkage
  { /* ... */ }

char* g();                      // g() has external linkage
static char* g()                // error: inconsistent linkage
  { /* ... */ }

void h();
inline void h();                // external linkage

inline void l();
void l();                       // external linkage

inline void m();
extern void m();                // external linkage

static void n();
inline void n();                // internal linkage

static int a;                   // a has internal linkage
int a;                          // error: two definitions

static int b;                   // b has internal linkage
extern int b;                   // b still has internal linkage

int c;                          // c has external linkage
static int c;                   // error: inconsistent linkage

extern int d;                   // d has external linkage
static int d;                   // error: inconsistent linkage

 — end example ]

The name of a declared but undefined class can be used in an extern declaration. Such a declaration can only be used in ways that do not require a complete class type. [ Example:

struct S;
extern S a;
extern S f();
extern void g(S);

void h() {
  g(a);                         // error: S is incomplete
  f();                          // error: S is incomplete
}

 — end example ]

The mutable specifier can be applied only to names of class data members ([class.mem]) and cannot be applied to names declared const or static, and cannot be applied to reference members. [ Example:

class X {
  mutable const int* p;         // OK
  mutable int* const q;         // ill-formed
};

 — end example ]

The mutable specifier on a class data member nullifies a const specifier applied to the containing class object and permits modification of the mutable class member even though the rest of the object is const ([dcl.type.cv]).

7.1.2 Function specifiers [dcl.fct.spec]

Function-specifiers can be used only in function declarations.

function-specifier:
    inline
    virtual
    explicit

A function declaration ([dcl.fct], [class.mfct], [class.friend]) with an inline specifier declares an inline function. The inline specifier indicates to the implementation that inline substitution of the function body at the point of call is to be preferred to the usual function call mechanism. An implementation is not required to perform this inline substitution at the point of call; however, even if this inline substitution is omitted, the other rules for inline functions defined by [dcl.fct.spec] shall still be respected.

A function defined within a class definition is an inline function. The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration.90 If the inline specifier is used in a friend declaration, that declaration shall be a definition or the function shall have previously been declared inline.

An inline function shall be defined in every translation unit in which it is odr-used and shall have exactly the same definition in every case ([basic.def.odr]). [ Note: A call to the inline function may be encountered before its definition appears in the translation unit.  — end note ] If the definition of a function appears in a translation unit before its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. If a function with external linkage is declared inline in one translation unit, it shall be declared inline in all translation units in which it appears; no diagnostic is required. An inline function with external linkage shall have the same address in all translation units. A static local variable in an extern inline function always refers to the same object. A string literal in the body of an extern inline function is the same object in different translation units. [ Note: A string literal appearing in a default argument is not in the body of an inline function merely because the expression is used in a function call from that inline function.  — end note ] A type defined within the body of an extern inline function is the same type in every translation unit.

The virtual specifier shall be used only in the initial declaration of a non-static class member function; see [class.virtual].

The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see [class.conv.ctor] and [class.conv.fct].

The inline keyword has no effect on the linkage of a function.

7.1.3 The typedef specifier [dcl.typedef]

Declarations containing the decl-specifier typedef declare identifiers that can be used later for naming fundamental ([basic.fundamental]) or compound ([basic.compound]) types. The typedef specifier shall not be combined in a decl-specifier-seq with any other kind of specifier except a type-specifier, and it shall not be used in the decl-specifier-seq of a parameter-declaration ([dcl.fct]) nor in the decl-specifier-seq of a function-definition ([dcl.fct.def]).

typedef-name:
    identifier

A name declared with the typedef specifier becomes a typedef-name. Within the scope of its declaration, a typedef-name is syntactically equivalent to a keyword and names the type associated with the identifier in the way described in Clause [dcl.decl]. A typedef-name is thus a synonym for another type. A typedef-name does not introduce a new type the way a class declaration ([class.name]) or enum declaration does. [ Example: after

typedef int MILES, *KLICKSP;

the constructions

MILES distance;
extern KLICKSP metricp;

are all correct declarations; the type of distance is int and that of metricp is “pointer to int.”  — end example ]

A typedef-name can also be introduced by an alias-declaration. The identifier following the using keyword becomes a typedef-name and the optional attribute-specifier-seq following the identifier appertains to that typedef-name. It has the same semantics as if it were introduced by the typedef specifier. In particular, it does not define a new type and it shall not appear in the type-id. [ Example:

using handler_t = void (*)(int);
extern handler_t ignore;
extern void (*ignore)(int);         // redeclare ignore
using cell = pair<void*, cell*>;    // ill-formed

 — end example ]

In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer to the type to which it already refers. [ Example:

typedef struct s { /* ... */ } s;
typedef int I;
typedef int I;
typedef I I;

 — end example ]

In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name to refer to the type to which it already refers. [ Example:

struct S {
  typedef struct A { } A;       // OK
  typedef struct B B;           // OK
  typedef A A;                  // error
};

 — end example ]

If a typedef specifier is used to redefine in a given scope an entity that can be referenced using an elaborated-type-specifier, the entity can continue to be referenced by an elaborated-type-specifier or as an enumeration or class name in an enumeration or class definition respectively. [ Example:

struct S;
typedef struct S S;
int main() {
  struct S* p;                  // OK
}
struct S { };                   // OK

 — end example ]

In a given scope, a typedef specifier shall not be used to redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer to a different type. [ Example:

class complex { /* ... */ };
typedef int complex;            // error: redefinition

 — end example ]

Similarly, in a given scope, a class or enumeration shall not be declared with the same name as a typedef-name that is declared in that scope and refers to a type other than the class or enumeration itself. [ Example:

typedef int complex;
class complex { /* ... */ };   // error: redefinition

 — end example ]

Note: A typedef-name that names a class type, or a cv-qualified version thereof, is also a class-name ([class.name]). If a typedef-name is used to identify the subject of an elaborated-type-specifier ([dcl.type.elab]), a class definition (Clause [class]), a constructor declaration ([class.ctor]), or a destructor declaration ([class.dtor]), the program is ill-formed.  — end note ] [ Example:

struct S {
  S();
  ~S();
};

typedef struct S T;

S a = T();                      // OK
struct T * p;                   // error

 — end example ]

If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only ([basic.link]). [ Example:

typedef struct { } *ps, S;      // S is the class name for linkage purposes

 — end example ]

7.1.4 The friend specifier [dcl.friend]

The friend specifier is used to specify access to class members; see [class.friend].

7.1.5 The constexpr specifier [dcl.constexpr]

The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to the definition of a variable, the declaration of a function or function template, or the declaration of a static data member of a literal type ([basic.types]). If any declaration of a function or function template has constexpr specifier, then all its declarations shall contain the constexpr specifier. [ Note: An explicit specialization can differ from the template declaration with respect to the constexpr specifier.  — end note ] [ Note: Function parameters cannot be declared constexpr. — end note ] [ Example:

constexpr int square(int x);    // OK: declaration
constexpr int bufsz = 1024;     // OK: definition
constexpr struct pixel {        // error: pixel is a type
  int x;
  int y;
  constexpr pixel(int);         // OK: declaration
}; 
constexpr pixel::pixel(int a)
  : x(square(a)), y(square(a))  // OK: definition
  { }
constexpr pixel small(2);       // error: square not defined, so small(2)
                                // not constant ([expr.const]) so constexpr not satisfied

constexpr int square(int x) {   // OK: definition
  return x * x;
}
constexpr pixel large(4);       // OK: square defined
int next(constexpr int x) {     // error: not for parameters
     return x + 1;
} 
extern constexpr int memsz;     // error: not a definition 

 — end example ]

A constexpr specifier used in the declaration of a function that is not a constructor declares that function to be a constexpr function. Similarly, a constexpr specifier used in a constructor declaration declares that constructor to be a constexpr constructor. constexpr functions and constexpr constructors are implicitly inline ([dcl.fct.spec]).

The definition of a constexpr function shall satisfy the following constraints:

Example:

constexpr int square(int x) 
  { return x * x; }             // OK
constexpr long long_max() 
  { return 2147483647; }        // OK
constexpr int abs(int x) 
  { return x < 0 ? -x : x; }    // OK 
constexpr void f(int x)         // error: return type is void /* ... */ 
constexpr int prev(int x)
  { return --x; }               // error: use of decrement
constexpr int g(int x, int n) { // error: body not just “return expr”
  int r = 1;
  while (--n > 0) r *= x;
  return r;
}

 — end example ]

In a definition of a constexpr constructor, each of the parameter types shall be a literal type. In addition, either its function-body shall be = delete or = default or it shall satisfy the following constraints:

Example:

struct Length { 
  explicit constexpr Length(int i = 0) : val(i) { }
private: 
    int val; 
}; 

 — end example ]